MyDugsiStart learning

Juz 19: read word by word, with audio

Juz 19 of 30 · begins with ۞ وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَرْجُونَ · 339 verses

It covers Surah Al-Furqan verses 21–77, Surah Ash-Shu'ara verses 1–227 and Surah An-Naml verses 1–55. Read it verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation, then the meaning of every word.

Jump to: Al-Furqan 21 · Ash-Shu'ara 1 · An-Naml 1

Surah Al-Furqan الفرقان verses 21–77

Verse 21

۞ وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَرْجُونَ لِقَآءَنَا لَوْلَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْنَا ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُ أَوْ نَرَىٰ رَبَّنَا ۗ لَقَدِ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ وَعَتَوْ عُتُوًّا كَبِيرًا

Transliteration waqāla alladhīna lā yarjūna liqāanā lawlā unzila ʿalaynā l-malāikatu aw narā rabbanā laqadi is'takbarū fī anfusihim waʿataw ʿutuwwan kabīran

English And those who do not expect the meeting with Us say, "Why were not angels sent down to us, or [why] do we [not] see our Lord?" They have certainly become arrogant within themselves and [become] insolent with great insolence.

  1. ۞ وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. لَاlā(do) not
  4. يَرْجُونَyarjūnaexpect
  5. لِقَآءَنَاliqāanā(the) meeting with Us
  6. لَوْلَآlawlāWhy not
  7. أُنزِلَunzilaare sent down
  8. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāto us
  9. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُl-malāikatuthe Angels
  10. أَوْawor
  11. نَرَىٰnarāwe see
  12. رَبَّنَا ۗrabbanāour Lord
  13. لَقَدِlaqadiIndeed
  14. ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟is'takbarūthey have become arrogant
  15. فِىٓfīwithin
  16. أَنفُسِهِمْanfusihimthemselves
  17. وَعَتَوْwaʿatawand (become) insolent
  18. عُتُوًّۭاʿutuwwan(with) insolence
  19. كَبِيرًۭاkabīrangreat

Verse 22

يَوْمَ يَرَوْنَ ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةَ لَا بُشْرَىٰ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُجْرِمِينَ وَيَقُولُونَ حِجْرًا مَّحْجُورًا

Transliteration yawma yarawna l-malāikata lā bush'rā yawma-idhin lil'muj'rimīna wayaqūlūna ḥij'ran maḥjūran

English The day they see the angels - no good tidings will there be that day for the criminals, and [the angels] will say, "Prevented and inaccessible."

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. يَرَوْنَyarawnathey see
  3. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةَl-malāikatathe Angels
  4. لَاlāno
  5. بُشْرَىٰbush'rāglad tidings
  6. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhin(will be) that Day
  7. لِّلْمُجْرِمِينَlil'muj'rimīnafor the criminals
  8. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaand they will say
  9. حِجْرًۭاḥij'ranA partition
  10. مَّحْجُورًۭاmaḥjūranforbidden

Verse 23

وَقَدِمْنَآ إِلَىٰ مَا عَمِلُوا۟ مِنْ عَمَلٍ فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُ هَبَآءً مَّنثُورًا

Transliteration waqadim'nā ilā mā ʿamilū min ʿamalin fajaʿalnāhu habāan manthūran

English And We will approach [i.e., regard] what they have done of deeds and make them as dust dispersed.

  1. وَقَدِمْنَآwaqadim'nāAnd We will proceed
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. مَاmāwhatever
  4. عَمِلُوا۟ʿamilūthey did
  5. مِنْminof
  6. عَمَلٍۢʿamalin(the) deed(s)
  7. فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُfajaʿalnāhuand We will make them
  8. هَبَآءًۭhabāan(as) dust
  9. مَّنثُورًاmanthūrandispersed

Verse 24

أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ يَوْمَئِذٍ خَيْرٌ مُّسْتَقَرًّا وَأَحْسَنُ مَقِيلًا

Transliteration aṣḥābu l-janati yawma-idhin khayrun mus'taqarran wa-aḥsanu maqīlan

English The companions of Paradise, that Day, are [in] a better settlement and better resting place.

  1. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(The) companions
  2. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janati(of) Paradise
  3. يَوْمَئِذٍyawma-idhinthat Day
  4. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(will be in) a better
  5. مُّسْتَقَرًّۭاmus'taqarranabode
  6. وَأَحْسَنُwa-aḥsanuand a better
  7. مَقِيلًۭاmaqīlanresting-place

Verse 25

وَيَوْمَ تَشَقَّقُ ٱلسَّمَآءُ بِٱلْغَمَـٰمِ وَنُزِّلَ ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُ تَنزِيلًا

Transliteration wayawma tashaqqaqu l-samāu bil-ghamāmi wanuzzila l-malāikatu tanzīlan

English And [mention] the Day when the heaven will split open with [emerging] clouds, and the angels will be sent down in successive descent.

  1. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  2. تَشَقَّقُtashaqqaquwill split open
  3. ٱلسَّمَآءُl-samāuthe heavens
  4. بِٱلْغَمَـٰمِbil-ghamāmiwith the clouds
  5. وَنُزِّلَwanuzzilaand (will be) sent down
  6. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُl-malāikatuthe Angels
  7. تَنزِيلًاtanzīlandescending

Verse 26

ٱلْمُلْكُ يَوْمَئِذٍ ٱلْحَقُّ لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ۚ وَكَانَ يَوْمًا عَلَى ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ عَسِيرًا

Transliteration al-mul'ku yawma-idhin l-ḥaqu lilrraḥmāni wakāna yawman ʿalā l-kāfirīna ʿasīran

English True sovereignty, that Day, is for the Most Merciful. And it will be upon the disbelievers a difficult Day.

  1. ٱلْمُلْكُal-mul'kuThe Sovereignty
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaqu(will be) truly
  4. لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ۚlilrraḥmānifor the Most Gracious
  5. وَكَانَwakānaAnd (it will) be
  6. يَوْمًاyawmana Day
  7. عَلَىʿalāfor
  8. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers
  9. عَسِيرًۭاʿasīrandifficult

Verse 27

وَيَوْمَ يَعَضُّ ٱلظَّالِمُ عَلَىٰ يَدَيْهِ يَقُولُ يَـٰلَيْتَنِى ٱتَّخَذْتُ مَعَ ٱلرَّسُولِ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration wayawma yaʿaḍḍu l-ẓālimu ʿalā yadayhi yaqūlu yālaytanī ittakhadhtu maʿa l-rasūli sabīlan

English And the Day the wrongdoer will bite on his hands [in regret] he will say, "Oh, I wish I had taken with the Messenger a way.

  1. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  2. يَعَضُّyaʿaḍḍuwill bite
  3. ٱلظَّالِمُl-ẓālimuthe wrongdoer
  4. عَلَىٰʿalā[on]
  5. يَدَيْهِyadayhihis hands
  6. يَقُولُyaqūluhe will say
  7. يَـٰلَيْتَنِىyālaytanīO I wish
  8. ٱتَّخَذْتُittakhadhtuI had taken
  9. مَعَmaʿawith
  10. ٱلرَّسُولِl-rasūlithe Messenger
  11. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlana way

Verse 28

يَـٰوَيْلَتَىٰ لَيْتَنِى لَمْ أَتَّخِذْ فُلَانًا خَلِيلًا

Transliteration yāwaylatā laytanī lam attakhidh fulānan khalīlan

English Oh, woe to me! I wish I had not taken that one as a friend.

  1. يَـٰوَيْلَتَىٰyāwaylatāO woe to me
  2. لَيْتَنِىlaytanīI wish
  3. لَمْlamnot
  4. أَتَّخِذْattakhidhI had taken
  5. فُلَانًاfulānanthat one
  6. خَلِيلًۭاkhalīlan(as) a friend

Verse 29

لَّقَدْ أَضَلَّنِى عَنِ ٱلذِّكْرِ بَعْدَ إِذْ جَآءَنِى ۗ وَكَانَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ لِلْإِنسَـٰنِ خَذُولًا

Transliteration laqad aḍallanī ʿani l-dhik'ri baʿda idh jāanī wakāna l-shayṭānu lil'insāni khadhūlan

English He led me away from the remembrance after it had come to me. And ever is Satan, to man, a deserter."

  1. لَّقَدْlaqadVerily
  2. أَضَلَّنِىaḍallanīhe led me astray
  3. عَنِʿanifrom
  4. ٱلذِّكْرِl-dhik'rithe Reminder
  5. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  6. إِذْidh[when]
  7. جَآءَنِى ۗjāanīit (had) come to me
  8. وَكَانَwakānaAnd is
  9. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  10. لِلْإِنسَـٰنِlil'insānito the man
  11. خَذُولًۭاkhadhūlana deserter

Verse 30

وَقَالَ ٱلرَّسُولُ يَـٰرَبِّ إِنَّ قَوْمِى ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانَ مَهْجُورًا

Transliteration waqāla l-rasūlu yārabbi inna qawmī ittakhadhū hādhā l-qur'āna mahjūran

English And the Messenger has said, "O my Lord, indeed my people have taken this Qur’ān as [a thing] abandoned."

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. ٱلرَّسُولُl-rasūluthe Messenger
  3. يَـٰرَبِّyārabbiO my Lord
  4. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  5. قَوْمِىqawmīmy people
  6. ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtook
  7. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  8. ٱلْقُرْءَانَl-qur'ānathe Quran
  9. مَهْجُورًۭاmahjūran(as) a forsaken thing

Verse 31

وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا لِكُلِّ نَبِىٍّ عَدُوًّا مِّنَ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ ۗ وَكَفَىٰ بِرَبِّكَ هَادِيًا وَنَصِيرًا

Transliteration wakadhālika jaʿalnā likulli nabiyyin ʿaduwwan mina l-muj'rimīna wakafā birabbika hādiyan wanaṣīran

English And thus have We made for every prophet an enemy from among the criminals. But sufficient is your Lord as a guide and a helper.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe have made
  3. لِكُلِّlikullifor every
  4. نَبِىٍّnabiyyinProphet
  5. عَدُوًّۭاʿaduwwanan enemy
  6. مِّنَminaamong
  7. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ ۗl-muj'rimīnathe criminals
  8. وَكَفَىٰwakafāBut sufficient is
  9. بِرَبِّكَbirabbikayour Lord
  10. هَادِيًۭاhādiyan(as) a Guide
  11. وَنَصِيرًۭاwanaṣīranand a Helper

Verse 32

وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَوْلَا نُزِّلَ عَلَيْهِ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ جُمْلَةً وَٰحِدَةً ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ لِنُثَبِّتَ بِهِۦ فُؤَادَكَ ۖ وَرَتَّلْنَـٰهُ تَرْتِيلًا

Transliteration waqāla alladhīna kafarū lawlā nuzzila ʿalayhi l-qur'ānu jum'latan wāḥidatan kadhālika linuthabbita bihi fuādaka warattalnāhu tartīlan

English And those who disbelieve say, "Why was the Qur’ān not revealed to him all at once?" Thus [it is] that We may strengthen thereby your heart. And We have spaced it distinctly.

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  4. لَوْلَاlawlāWhy not
  5. نُزِّلَnuzzilawas revealed
  6. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  7. ٱلْقُرْءَانُl-qur'ānuthe Quran
  8. جُمْلَةًۭjum'latanall at once
  9. وَٰحِدَةًۭ ۚwāḥidatanall at once
  10. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  11. لِنُثَبِّتَlinuthabbitathat We may strengthen
  12. بِهِۦbihithereby
  13. فُؤَادَكَ ۖfuādakayour heart
  14. وَرَتَّلْنَـٰهُwarattalnāhuand We have recited it
  15. تَرْتِيلًۭاtartīlan(with distinct) recitation

Verse 33

وَلَا يَأْتُونَكَ بِمَثَلٍ إِلَّا جِئْنَـٰكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَأَحْسَنَ تَفْسِيرًا

Transliteration walā yatūnaka bimathalin illā ji'nāka bil-ḥaqi wa-aḥsana tafsīran

English And they do not come to you with an example [i.e., argument] except that We bring you the truth and the best explanation.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. يَأْتُونَكَyatūnakathey come to you
  3. بِمَثَلٍbimathalinwith an example
  4. إِلَّاillābut
  5. جِئْنَـٰكَji'nākaWe bring you
  6. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqithe truth
  7. وَأَحْسَنَwa-aḥsanaand (the) best
  8. تَفْسِيرًاtafsīranexplanation

Verse 34

ٱلَّذِينَ يُحْشَرُونَ عَلَىٰ وُجُوهِهِمْ إِلَىٰ جَهَنَّمَ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ شَرٌّ مَّكَانًا وَأَضَلُّ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration alladhīna yuḥ'sharūna ʿalā wujūhihim ilā jahannama ulāika sharrun makānan wa-aḍallu sabīlan

English The ones who are gathered on their faces to Hell - those are the worst in position and farthest astray in [their] way.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. يُحْشَرُونَyuḥ'sharūnawill be gathered
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  4. وُجُوهِهِمْwujūhihimtheir faces
  5. إِلَىٰilāto
  6. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  7. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  8. شَرٌّۭsharrun(are the) worst
  9. مَّكَانًۭاmakānan(in) position
  10. وَأَضَلُّwa-aḍalluand most astray
  11. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlan(from the) way

Verse 35

وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَجَعَلْنَا مَعَهُۥٓ أَخَاهُ هَـٰرُونَ وَزِيرًا

Transliteration walaqad ātaynā mūsā l-kitāba wajaʿalnā maʿahu akhāhu hārūna wazīran

English And We had certainly given Moses the Scripture and appointed with him his brother Aaron as an assistant.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. ءَاتَيْنَاātaynāWe gave
  3. مُوسَىmūsāMusa
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Scripture
  5. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāand We appointed
  6. مَعَهُۥٓmaʿahuwith him
  7. أَخَاهُakhāhuhis brother
  8. هَـٰرُونَhārūnaHarun
  9. وَزِيرًۭاwazīran(as) an assistant

Verse 36

فَقُلْنَا ٱذْهَبَآ إِلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا فَدَمَّرْنَـٰهُمْ تَدْمِيرًا

Transliteration faqul'nā idh'habā ilā l-qawmi alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā fadammarnāhum tadmīran

English And We said, "Go both of you to the people who have denied Our signs." Then We destroyed them with [complete] destruction.

  1. فَقُلْنَاfaqul'nāThen We said
  2. ٱذْهَبَآidh'habāGo both of you
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  5. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  6. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūhave denied
  7. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
  8. فَدَمَّرْنَـٰهُمْfadammarnāhumThen We destroyed them
  9. تَدْمِيرًۭاtadmīran(with) destruction

Verse 37

وَقَوْمَ نُوحٍ لَّمَّا كَذَّبُوا۟ ٱلرُّسُلَ أَغْرَقْنَـٰهُمْ وَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمْ لِلنَّاسِ ءَايَةً ۖ وَأَعْتَدْنَا لِلظَّـٰلِمِينَ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا

Transliteration waqawma nūḥin lammā kadhabū l-rusula aghraqnāhum wajaʿalnāhum lilnnāsi āyatan wa-aʿtadnā lilẓẓālimīna ʿadhāban alīman

English And the people of Noah - when they denied the messengers, We drowned them, and We made them for mankind a sign. And We have prepared for the wrongdoers a painful punishment.

  1. وَقَوْمَwaqawmaAnd (the) people
  2. نُوحٍۢnūḥin(of) Nuh
  3. لَّمَّاlammāwhen
  4. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūthey denied
  5. ٱلرُّسُلَl-rusulathe Messengers
  6. أَغْرَقْنَـٰهُمْaghraqnāhumWe drowned them
  7. وَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمْwajaʿalnāhumand We made them
  8. لِلنَّاسِlilnnāsifor mankind
  9. ءَايَةًۭ ۖāyatana sign
  10. وَأَعْتَدْنَاwa-aʿtadnāAnd We have prepared
  11. لِلظَّـٰلِمِينَlilẓẓālimīnafor the wrongdoers
  12. عَذَابًاʿadhābana punishment
  13. أَلِيمًۭاalīmanpainful

Verse 38

وَعَادًا وَثَمُودَا۟ وَأَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلرَّسِّ وَقُرُونًۢا بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ كَثِيرًا

Transliteration waʿādan wathamūdā wa-aṣḥāba l-rasi waqurūnan bayna dhālika kathīran

English And [We destroyed] ʿAad and Thamūd and the companions of the well and many generations between them.

  1. وَعَادًۭاwaʿādanAnd Ad
  2. وَثَمُودَا۟wathamūdāand Thamud
  3. وَأَصْحَـٰبَwa-aṣḥābaand (the) dwellers
  4. ٱلرَّسِّl-rasi(of) Ar-rass
  5. وَقُرُونًۢاwaqurūnanand generations
  6. بَيْنَbaynabetween
  7. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  8. كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmany

Verse 39

وَكُلًّا ضَرَبْنَا لَهُ ٱلْأَمْثَـٰلَ ۖ وَكُلًّا تَبَّرْنَا تَتْبِيرًا

Transliteration wakullan ḍarabnā lahu l-amthāla wakullan tabbarnā tatbīran

English And for each We presented examples [as warnings], and each We destroyed with [total] destruction.

  1. وَكُلًّۭاwakullanAnd each
  2. ضَرَبْنَاḍarabnāWe have set forth
  3. لَهُlahufor him
  4. ٱلْأَمْثَـٰلَ ۖl-amthālathe examples
  5. وَكُلًّۭاwakullanand each
  6. تَبَّرْنَاtabbarnāWe destroyed
  7. تَتْبِيرًۭاtatbīran(with) destruction

Verse 40

وَلَقَدْ أَتَوْا۟ عَلَى ٱلْقَرْيَةِ ٱلَّتِىٓ أُمْطِرَتْ مَطَرَ ٱلسَّوْءِ ۚ أَفَلَمْ يَكُونُوا۟ يَرَوْنَهَا ۚ بَلْ كَانُوا۟ لَا يَرْجُونَ نُشُورًا

Transliteration walaqad ataw ʿalā l-qaryati allatī um'ṭirat maṭara l-sawi afalam yakūnū yarawnahā bal kānū lā yarjūna nushūran

English And they have already come upon the town which was showered with a rain of evil [i.e., stones]. So have they not seen it? But they are not expecting resurrection.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. أَتَوْا۟atawthey have come
  3. عَلَىʿalāupon
  4. ٱلْقَرْيَةِl-qaryatithe town
  5. ٱلَّتِىٓallatīwhich
  6. أُمْطِرَتْum'ṭiratwas showered
  7. مَطَرَmaṭara(with) a rain
  8. ٱلسَّوْءِ ۚl-sawi(of) evil
  9. أَفَلَمْafalamThen do not
  10. يَكُونُوا۟yakūnūthey [were]
  11. يَرَوْنَهَا ۚyarawnahāsee it
  12. بَلْbalNay
  13. كَانُوا۟kānūthey are
  14. لَاlānot
  15. يَرْجُونَyarjūnaexpecting
  16. نُشُورًۭاnushūranResurrection

Verse 41

وَإِذَا رَأَوْكَ إِن يَتَّخِذُونَكَ إِلَّا هُزُوًا أَهَـٰذَا ٱلَّذِى بَعَثَ ٱللَّهُ رَسُولًا

Transliteration wa-idhā ra-awka in yattakhidhūnaka illā huzuwan ahādhā alladhī baʿatha l-lahu rasūlan

English And when they see you, [O Muḥammad], they take you not except in ridicule, [saying], "Is this the one whom Allāh has sent as a messenger?

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. رَأَوْكَra-awkathey see you
  3. إِنinnot
  4. يَتَّخِذُونَكَyattakhidhūnakathey take you
  5. إِلَّاillāexcept
  6. هُزُوًاhuzuwan(in) mockery
  7. أَهَـٰذَاahādhāIs this
  8. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe one whom
  9. بَعَثَbaʿathaAllah has sent
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah has sent
  11. رَسُولًاrasūlan(as) a Messenger

Verse 42

إِن كَادَ لَيُضِلُّنَا عَنْ ءَالِهَتِنَا لَوْلَآ أَن صَبَرْنَا عَلَيْهَا ۚ وَسَوْفَ يَعْلَمُونَ حِينَ يَرَوْنَ ٱلْعَذَابَ مَنْ أَضَلُّ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration in kāda layuḍillunā ʿan ālihatinā lawlā an ṣabarnā ʿalayhā wasawfa yaʿlamūna ḥīna yarawna l-ʿadhāba man aḍallu sabīlan

English He almost would have misled us from our gods had we not been steadfast in [worship of] them." But they are going to know, when they see the punishment, who is farthest astray in [his] way.

  1. إِنinHe would have almost
  2. كَادَkādaHe would have almost
  3. لَيُضِلُّنَاlayuḍillunā[surely] misled us
  4. عَنْʿanfrom
  5. ءَالِهَتِنَاālihatināour gods
  6. لَوْلَآlawlāif not
  7. أَنanthat
  8. صَبَرْنَاṣabarnāwe had been steadfast
  9. عَلَيْهَا ۚʿalayhāto them
  10. وَسَوْفَwasawfaAnd soon
  11. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnawill know
  12. حِينَḥīnawhen
  13. يَرَوْنَyarawnathey will see
  14. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  15. مَنْmanwho
  16. أَضَلُّaḍallu(is) more astray
  17. سَبِيلًاsabīlan(from the) way

Verse 43

أَرَءَيْتَ مَنِ ٱتَّخَذَ إِلَـٰهَهُۥ هَوَىٰهُ أَفَأَنتَ تَكُونُ عَلَيْهِ وَكِيلًا

Transliteration ara-ayta mani ittakhadha ilāhahu hawāhu afa-anta takūnu ʿalayhi wakīlan

English Have you seen the one who takes as his god his own desire? Then would you be responsible for him?

  1. أَرَءَيْتَara-aytaHave you seen
  2. مَنِmani(one) who
  3. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhatakes
  4. إِلَـٰهَهُۥilāhahu(as) his god
  5. هَوَىٰهُhawāhuhis own desire
  6. أَفَأَنتَafa-antaThen would you
  7. تَكُونُtakūnube
  8. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiover him
  9. وَكِيلًاwakīlana guardian

Verse 44

أَمْ تَحْسَبُ أَنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ يَسْمَعُونَ أَوْ يَعْقِلُونَ ۚ إِنْ هُمْ إِلَّا كَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ ۖ بَلْ هُمْ أَضَلُّ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration am taḥsabu anna aktharahum yasmaʿūna aw yaʿqilūna in hum illā kal-anʿāmi bal hum aḍallu sabīlan

English Or do you think that most of them hear or reason? They are not except like livestock. Rather, they are [even] more astray in [their] way.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. تَحْسَبُtaḥsabudo you think
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
  5. يَسْمَعُونَyasmaʿūnahear
  6. أَوْawor
  7. يَعْقِلُونَ ۚyaʿqilūnaunderstand
  8. إِنْinNot
  9. هُمْhumthey
  10. إِلَّاillā(are) except
  11. كَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ ۖkal-anʿāmilike cattle
  12. بَلْbalNay
  13. هُمْhumthey
  14. أَضَلُّaḍallu(are) more astray
  15. سَبِيلًاsabīlan(from the) way

Verse 45

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكَ كَيْفَ مَدَّ ٱلظِّلَّ وَلَوْ شَآءَ لَجَعَلَهُۥ سَاكِنًا ثُمَّ جَعَلْنَا ٱلشَّمْسَ عَلَيْهِ دَلِيلًا

Transliteration alam tara ilā rabbika kayfa madda l-ẓila walaw shāa lajaʿalahu sākinan thumma jaʿalnā l-shamsa ʿalayhi dalīlan

English Have you not considered your Lord - how He extends the shadow, and if He willed, He could have made it stationary? Then We made the sun for it an indication.

  1. أَلَمْalamDo you not
  2. تَرَtarasee
  3. إِلَىٰilā[to]
  4. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  5. كَيْفَkayfahow
  6. مَدَّmaddaHe extends
  7. ٱلظِّلَّl-ẓilathe shadow
  8. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  9. شَآءَshāaHe willed
  10. لَجَعَلَهُۥlajaʿalahusurely He (could) have made it
  11. سَاكِنًۭاsākinanstationary
  12. ثُمَّthummaThen
  13. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe made
  14. ٱلشَّمْسَl-shamsathe sun
  15. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  16. دَلِيلًۭاdalīlanan indication

Verse 46

ثُمَّ قَبَضْنَـٰهُ إِلَيْنَا قَبْضًا يَسِيرًا

Transliteration thumma qabaḍnāhu ilaynā qabḍan yasīran

English Then We [retract and] hold it with Us for a brief grasp.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. قَبَضْنَـٰهُqabaḍnāhuWe withdraw it
  3. إِلَيْنَاilaynāto Us
  4. قَبْضًۭاqabḍana withdrawal
  5. يَسِيرًۭاyasīrangradual

Verse 47

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلَّيْلَ لِبَاسًا وَٱلنَّوْمَ سُبَاتًا وَجَعَلَ ٱلنَّهَارَ نُشُورًا

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī jaʿala lakumu al-layla libāsan wal-nawma subātan wajaʿala l-nahāra nushūran

English And it is He who has made the night for you as clothing and sleep [a means for] rest and has made the day a resurrection.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. جَعَلَjaʿalamade
  4. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  5. ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
  6. لِبَاسًۭاlibāsan(as) a covering
  7. وَٱلنَّوْمَwal-nawmaand the sleep
  8. سُبَاتًۭاsubātana rest
  9. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand made
  10. ٱلنَّهَارَl-nahārathe day
  11. نُشُورًۭاnushūrana resurrection

Verse 48

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَرْسَلَ ٱلرِّيَـٰحَ بُشْرًۢا بَيْنَ يَدَىْ رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۚ وَأَنزَلْنَا مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً طَهُورًا

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī arsala l-riyāḥa bush'ran bayna yaday raḥmatihi wa-anzalnā mina l-samāi māan ṭahūran

English And it is He who sends the winds as good tidings before His mercy [i.e., rainfall], and We send down from the sky pure water

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. أَرْسَلَarsalasends
  4. ٱلرِّيَـٰحَl-riyāḥathe winds
  5. بُشْرًۢاbush'ran(as) glad tidings
  6. بَيْنَbaynabefore
  7. يَدَىْyadaybefore
  8. رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۚraḥmatihiHis Mercy
  9. وَأَنزَلْنَاwa-anzalnāand We send down
  10. مِنَminafrom
  11. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  12. مَآءًۭmāanwater
  13. طَهُورًۭاṭahūranpure

Verse 49

لِّنُحْـِۧىَ بِهِۦ بَلْدَةً مَّيْتًا وَنُسْقِيَهُۥ مِمَّا خَلَقْنَآ أَنْعَـٰمًا وَأَنَاسِىَّ كَثِيرًا

Transliteration linuḥ'yiya bihi baldatan maytan wanus'qiyahu mimmā khalaqnā anʿāman wa-anāsiyya kathīran

English That We may bring to life thereby a dead land and give it as drink to those We created of numerous livestock and men.

  1. لِّنُحْـِۧىَlinuḥ'yiyaThat We may give life
  2. بِهِۦbihithereby
  3. بَلْدَةًۭbaldatan(to) a land
  4. مَّيْتًۭاmaytandead
  5. وَنُسْقِيَهُۥwanus'qiyahuand We give drink
  6. مِمَّاmimmāthereof
  7. خَلَقْنَآkhalaqnā(to those) We created
  8. أَنْعَـٰمًۭاanʿāmancattle
  9. وَأَنَاسِىَّwa-anāsiyyaand men
  10. كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmany

Verse 50

وَلَقَدْ صَرَّفْنَـٰهُ بَيْنَهُمْ لِيَذَّكَّرُوا۟ فَأَبَىٰٓ أَكْثَرُ ٱلنَّاسِ إِلَّا كُفُورًا

Transliteration walaqad ṣarrafnāhu baynahum liyadhakkarū fa-abā aktharu l-nāsi illā kufūran

English And We have certainly distributed it among them that they might be reminded, but most of the people refuse except disbelief.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. صَرَّفْنَـٰهُṣarrafnāhuWe have distributed it
  3. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumamong them
  4. لِيَذَّكَّرُوا۟liyadhakkarūthat they may remember
  5. فَأَبَىٰٓfa-abābut refuse
  6. أَكْثَرُaktharumost
  7. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the people
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. كُفُورًۭاkufūrandisbelief

Verse 51

وَلَوْ شِئْنَا لَبَعَثْنَا فِى كُلِّ قَرْيَةٍ نَّذِيرًا

Transliteration walaw shi'nā labaʿathnā fī kulli qaryatin nadhīran

English And if We had willed, We could have sent into every city a warner.

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. شِئْنَاshi'nāWe willed
  3. لَبَعَثْنَاlabaʿathnāsurely, We (would) have raised
  4. فِىfīin
  5. كُلِّkullievery
  6. قَرْيَةٍۢqaryatintown
  7. نَّذِيرًۭاnadhīrana warner

Verse 52

فَلَا تُطِعِ ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ وَجَـٰهِدْهُم بِهِۦ جِهَادًا كَبِيرًا

Transliteration falā tuṭiʿi l-kāfirīna wajāhid'hum bihi jihādan kabīran

English So do not obey the disbelievers, and strive against them with it [i.e., the Qur’ān] a great striving.

  1. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  2. تُطِعِtuṭiʿiobey
  3. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers
  4. وَجَـٰهِدْهُمwajāhid'humand strive (against) them
  5. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  6. جِهَادًۭاjihādana striving
  7. كَبِيرًۭاkabīrangreat

Verse 53

۞ وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى مَرَجَ ٱلْبَحْرَيْنِ هَـٰذَا عَذْبٌ فُرَاتٌ وَهَـٰذَا مِلْحٌ أُجَاجٌ وَجَعَلَ بَيْنَهُمَا بَرْزَخًا وَحِجْرًا مَّحْجُورًا

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī maraja l-baḥrayni hādhā ʿadhbun furātun wahādhā mil'ḥun ujājun wajaʿala baynahumā barzakhan waḥij'ran maḥjūran

English And it is He who has released [simultaneously] the two seas [i.e., bodies of water], one fresh and sweet and one salty and bitter, and He placed between them a barrier and prohibiting partition.

  1. ۞ وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. مَرَجَmaraja(has) released
  4. ٱلْبَحْرَيْنِl-baḥraynithe two seas
  5. هَـٰذَاhādhā[this] (one)
  6. عَذْبٌۭʿadhbunpalatable
  7. فُرَاتٌۭfurātunand sweet
  8. وَهَـٰذَاwahādhāand [this] (one)
  9. مِلْحٌmil'ḥunsalty
  10. أُجَاجٌۭujājun(and) bitter
  11. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand He has made
  12. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumābetween them
  13. بَرْزَخًۭاbarzakhana barrier
  14. وَحِجْرًۭاwaḥij'ranand a partition
  15. مَّحْجُورًۭاmaḥjūranforbidden

Verse 54

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ مِنَ ٱلْمَآءِ بَشَرًا فَجَعَلَهُۥ نَسَبًا وَصِهْرًا ۗ وَكَانَ رَبُّكَ قَدِيرًا

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī khalaqa mina l-māi basharan fajaʿalahu nasaban waṣih'ran wakāna rabbuka qadīran

English And it is He who has created from water [i.e., semen] a human being and made him [a relative by] lineage and marriage. And ever is your Lord competent [concerning creation].

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. خَلَقَkhalaqahas created
  4. مِنَminafrom
  5. ٱلْمَآءِl-māithe water
  6. بَشَرًۭاbasharanhuman being
  7. فَجَعَلَهُۥfajaʿalahuand has made (for) him
  8. نَسَبًۭاnasabanblood relationship
  9. وَصِهْرًۭا ۗwaṣih'ranand marriage relationship
  10. وَكَانَwakānaAnd is
  11. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  12. قَدِيرًۭاqadīranAll-Powerful

Verse 55

وَيَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَنفَعُهُمْ وَلَا يَضُرُّهُمْ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱلْكَافِرُ عَلَىٰ رَبِّهِۦ ظَهِيرًا

Transliteration wayaʿbudūna min dūni l-lahi mā lā yanfaʿuhum walā yaḍurruhum wakāna l-kāfiru ʿalā rabbihi ẓahīran

English But they worship rather than Allāh that which does not benefit them or harm them, and the disbeliever is ever, against his Lord, an assistant [to Satan].

  1. وَيَعْبُدُونَwayaʿbudūnaBut they worship
  2. مِنminbesides Allah
  3. دُونِdūnibesides Allah
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahibesides Allah
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. لَاlānot profits them
  7. يَنفَعُهُمْyanfaʿuhumnot profits them
  8. وَلَاwalāand not
  9. يَضُرُّهُمْ ۗyaḍurruhumharms them
  10. وَكَانَwakānaand is
  11. ٱلْكَافِرُl-kāfiruthe disbeliever
  12. عَلَىٰʿalāagainst
  13. رَبِّهِۦrabbihihis Lord
  14. ظَهِيرًۭاẓahīrana helper

Verse 56

وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَـٰكَ إِلَّا مُبَشِّرًا وَنَذِيرًا

Transliteration wamā arsalnāka illā mubashiran wanadhīran

English And We have not sent you, [O Muḥammad], except as a bringer of good tidings and a warner.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَرْسَلْنَـٰكَarsalnākaWe sent you
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. مُبَشِّرًۭاmubashiran(as) a bearer of glad tidings
  5. وَنَذِيرًۭاwanadhīranand a warner

Verse 57

قُلْ مَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ إِلَّا مَن شَآءَ أَن يَتَّخِذَ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِۦ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration qul mā asalukum ʿalayhi min ajrin illā man shāa an yattakhidha ilā rabbihi sabīlan

English Say, "I do not ask of you for it any payment - only that whoever wills might take to his Lord a way."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. مَآmāNot
  3. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask (of) you
  4. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  5. مِنْminany
  6. أَجْرٍajrinpayment
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. مَنman(that) whoever wills
  9. شَآءَshāa(that) whoever wills
  10. أَنanto
  11. يَتَّخِذَyattakhidhatake
  12. إِلَىٰilāto
  13. رَبِّهِۦrabbihihis Lord
  14. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlana way

Verse 58

وَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى ٱلْحَىِّ ٱلَّذِى لَا يَمُوتُ وَسَبِّحْ بِحَمْدِهِۦ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِهِۦ بِذُنُوبِ عِبَادِهِۦ خَبِيرًا

Transliteration watawakkal ʿalā l-ḥayi alladhī lā yamūtu wasabbiḥ biḥamdihi wakafā bihi bidhunūbi ʿibādihi khabīran

English And rely upon the Ever-Living who does not die, and exalt [Allāh] with His praise. And sufficient is He to be, with the sins of His servants, [fully] Aware -

  1. وَتَوَكَّلْwatawakkalAnd put your trust
  2. عَلَىʿalāin
  3. ٱلْحَىِّl-ḥayithe Ever-Living
  4. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  5. لَاlādoes not die
  6. يَمُوتُyamūtudoes not die
  7. وَسَبِّحْwasabbiḥand glorify
  8. بِحَمْدِهِۦ ۚbiḥamdihiwith His Praise
  9. وَكَفَىٰwakafāAnd sufficient is
  10. بِهِۦbihiHe
  11. بِذُنُوبِbidhunūbiregarding the sins
  12. عِبَادِهِۦʿibādihi(of) His slaves
  13. خَبِيرًاkhabīranAll-Aware

Verse 59

ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا فِى سِتَّةِ أَيَّامٍ ثُمَّ ٱسْتَوَىٰ عَلَى ٱلْعَرْشِ ۚ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ فَسْـَٔلْ بِهِۦ خَبِيرًا

Transliteration alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa wamā baynahumā fī sittati ayyāmin thumma is'tawā ʿalā l-ʿarshi l-raḥmānu fasal bihi khabīran

English He who created the heavens and the earth and what is between them in six days and then established Himself above the Throne - the Most Merciful, so ask about Him one well informed [i.e., the Prophet (ﷺ)].

  1. ٱلَّذِىalladhīThe One Who
  2. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  5. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  6. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumā(is) between them
  7. فِىfīin
  8. سِتَّةِsittatisix
  9. أَيَّامٍۢayyāminperiods
  10. ثُمَّthummathen
  11. ٱسْتَوَىٰis'tawāHe established Himself
  12. عَلَىʿalāover
  13. ٱلْعَرْشِ ۚl-ʿarshithe Throne
  14. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānuthe Most Gracious
  15. فَسْـَٔلْfasalso ask
  16. بِهِۦbihiHim
  17. خَبِيرًۭاkhabīran(as He is) All-Aware

Verse 60

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمُ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِ قَالُوا۟ وَمَا ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ أَنَسْجُدُ لِمَا تَأْمُرُنَا وَزَادَهُمْ نُفُورًا ۩

Transliteration wa-idhā qīla lahumu us'judū lilrraḥmāni qālū wamā l-raḥmānu anasjudu limā tamurunā wazādahum nufūran

English And when it is said to them, "Prostrate to the Most Merciful," they say, "And what is the Most Merciful? Should we prostrate to that which you order us?" And it increases them in aversion.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. قِيلَqīlait is said
  3. لَهُمُlahumuto them
  4. ٱسْجُدُوا۟us'judūProstrate
  5. لِلرَّحْمَـٰنِlilrraḥmānito the Most Gracious
  6. قَالُوا۟qālūThey say
  7. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  8. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānu(is) the Most Gracious
  9. أَنَسْجُدُanasjuduShould we prostrate
  10. لِمَاlimāto what
  11. تَأْمُرُنَاtamurunāyou order us
  12. وَزَادَهُمْwazādahumAnd it increases them
  13. نُفُورًۭا ۩nufūran(in) aversion

Verse 61

تَبَارَكَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ بُرُوجًا وَجَعَلَ فِيهَا سِرَٰجًا وَقَمَرًا مُّنِيرًا

Transliteration tabāraka alladhī jaʿala fī l-samāi burūjan wajaʿala fīhā sirājan waqamaran munīran

English Blessed is He who has placed in the sky great stars and placed therein a [burning] lamp and luminous moon.

  1. تَبَارَكَtabārakaBlessed is He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīWho
  3. جَعَلَjaʿalahas placed
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe skies
  6. بُرُوجًۭاburūjanconstellations
  7. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand has placed
  8. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  9. سِرَٰجًۭاsirājana lamp
  10. وَقَمَرًۭاwaqamaranand a moon
  11. مُّنِيرًۭاmunīranshining

Verse 62

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ ٱلَّيْلَ وَٱلنَّهَارَ خِلْفَةً لِّمَنْ أَرَادَ أَن يَذَّكَّرَ أَوْ أَرَادَ شُكُورًا

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī jaʿala al-layla wal-nahāra khil'fatan liman arāda an yadhakkara aw arāda shukūran

English And it is He who has made the night and the day in succession for whoever desires to remember or desires gratitude.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. جَعَلَjaʿalamade
  4. ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
  5. وَٱلنَّهَارَwal-nahāraand the day
  6. خِلْفَةًۭkhil'fatan(in) succession
  7. لِّمَنْlimanfor whoever
  8. أَرَادَarādadesires
  9. أَنanto
  10. يَذَّكَّرَyadhakkararemember
  11. أَوْawor
  12. أَرَادَarādadesires
  13. شُكُورًۭاshukūranto be thankful

Verse 63

وَعِبَادُ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَمْشُونَ عَلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ هَوْنًا وَإِذَا خَاطَبَهُمُ ٱلْجَـٰهِلُونَ قَالُوا۟ سَلَـٰمًا

Transliteration waʿibādu l-raḥmāni alladhīna yamshūna ʿalā l-arḍi hawnan wa-idhā khāṭabahumu l-jāhilūna qālū salāman

English And the servants of the Most Merciful are those who walk upon the earth easily, and when the ignorant address them [harshly], they say [words of] peace,

  1. وَعِبَادُwaʿibāduAnd (the) slaves
  2. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmāni(of) the Most Gracious
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) those who
  4. يَمْشُونَyamshūnawalk
  5. عَلَىʿalāon
  6. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  7. هَوْنًۭاhawnan(in) humbleness
  8. وَإِذَاwa-idhāand when
  9. خَاطَبَهُمُkhāṭabahumuaddress them
  10. ٱلْجَـٰهِلُونَl-jāhilūnathe ignorant ones
  11. قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
  12. سَلَـٰمًۭاsalāmanPeace

Verse 64

وَٱلَّذِينَ يَبِيتُونَ لِرَبِّهِمْ سُجَّدًا وَقِيَـٰمًا

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yabītūna lirabbihim sujjadan waqiyāman

English And those who spend [part of] the night to their Lord prostrating and standing [in prayer]

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يَبِيتُونَyabītūnaspend (the) night
  3. لِرَبِّهِمْlirabbihimbefore their Lord
  4. سُجَّدًۭاsujjadanprostrating
  5. وَقِيَـٰمًۭاwaqiyāmanand standing

Verse 65

وَٱلَّذِينَ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَا ٱصْرِفْ عَنَّا عَذَابَ جَهَنَّمَ ۖ إِنَّ عَذَابَهَا كَانَ غَرَامًا

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yaqūlūna rabbanā iṣ'rif ʿannā ʿadhāba jahannama inna ʿadhābahā kāna gharāman

English And those who say, "Our Lord, avert from us the punishment of Hell. Indeed, its punishment is ever adhering;

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnasay
  3. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  4. ٱصْرِفْiṣ'rifAvert
  5. عَنَّاʿannāfrom us
  6. عَذَابَʿadhābathe punishment
  7. جَهَنَّمَ ۖjahannama(of) Hell
  8. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  9. عَذَابَهَاʿadhābahāits punishment
  10. كَانَkānais
  11. غَرَامًاgharāmaninseparable

Verse 66

إِنَّهَا سَآءَتْ مُسْتَقَرًّا وَمُقَامًا

Transliteration innahā sāat mus'taqarran wamuqāman

English Indeed, it is evil as a settlement and residence."

  1. إِنَّهَاinnahāIndeed, it
  2. سَآءَتْsāat(is) an evil
  3. مُسْتَقَرًّۭاmus'taqarranabode
  4. وَمُقَامًۭاwamuqāmanand resting place

Verse 67

وَٱلَّذِينَ إِذَآ أَنفَقُوا۟ لَمْ يُسْرِفُوا۟ وَلَمْ يَقْتُرُوا۟ وَكَانَ بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ قَوَامًا

Transliteration wa-alladhīna idhā anfaqū lam yus'rifū walam yaqturū wakāna bayna dhālika qawāman

English And [they are] those who, when they spend, do so not excessively or sparingly but are ever, between that, [justly] moderate

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. إِذَآidhāwhen
  3. أَنفَقُوا۟anfaqūthey spend
  4. لَمْlam(are) not extravagant
  5. يُسْرِفُوا۟yus'rifū(are) not extravagant
  6. وَلَمْwalamand are not stingy
  7. يَقْتُرُوا۟yaqturūand are not stingy
  8. وَكَانَwakānabut are
  9. بَيْنَbaynabetween
  10. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  11. قَوَامًۭاqawāmanmoderate

Verse 68

وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَدْعُونَ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَـٰهًا ءَاخَرَ وَلَا يَقْتُلُونَ ٱلنَّفْسَ ٱلَّتِى حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا بِٱلْحَقِّ وَلَا يَزْنُونَ ۚ وَمَن يَفْعَلْ ذَٰلِكَ يَلْقَ أَثَامًا

Transliteration wa-alladhīna lā yadʿūna maʿa l-lahi ilāhan ākhara walā yaqtulūna l-nafsa allatī ḥarrama l-lahu illā bil-ḥaqi walā yaznūna waman yafʿal dhālika yalqa athāman

English And those who do not invoke with Allāh another deity or kill the soul which Allāh has forbidden [to be killed], except by right, and do not commit unlawful sexual intercourse. And whoever should do that will meet a penalty.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. لَاlā(do) not
  3. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnainvoke
  4. مَعَmaʿawith
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  6. إِلَـٰهًاilāhangod
  7. ءَاخَرَākharaanother
  8. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  9. يَقْتُلُونَyaqtulūna[they] kill
  10. ٱلنَّفْسَl-nafsathe soul
  11. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  12. حَرَّمَḥarramaAllah has forbidden
  13. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah has forbidden
  14. إِلَّاillāexcept
  15. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiby right
  16. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  17. يَزْنُونَ ۚyaznūnacommit unlawful sexual intercourse
  18. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  19. يَفْعَلْyafʿaldoes
  20. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  21. يَلْقَyalqawill meet
  22. أَثَامًۭاathāmana penalty

Verse 69

يُضَـٰعَفْ لَهُ ٱلْعَذَابُ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ وَيَخْلُدْ فِيهِۦ مُهَانًا

Transliteration yuḍāʿaf lahu l-ʿadhābu yawma l-qiyāmati wayakhlud fīhi muhānan

English Multiplied for him is the punishment on the Day of Resurrection, and he will abide therein humiliated -

  1. يُضَـٰعَفْyuḍāʿafWill be doubled
  2. لَهُlahufor him
  3. ٱلْعَذَابُl-ʿadhābuthe punishment
  4. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  5. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) Resurrection
  6. وَيَخْلُدْwayakhludand he will abide forever
  7. فِيهِۦfīhitherein
  8. مُهَانًاmuhānanhumiliated

Verse 70

إِلَّا مَن تَابَ وَءَامَنَ وَعَمِلَ عَمَلًا صَـٰلِحًا فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ يُبَدِّلُ ٱللَّهُ سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ حَسَنَـٰتٍ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا

Transliteration illā man tāba waāmana waʿamila ʿamalan ṣāliḥan fa-ulāika yubaddilu l-lahu sayyiātihim ḥasanātin wakāna l-lahu ghafūran raḥīman

English Except for those who repent, believe and do righteous work. For them Allāh will replace their evil deeds with good. And ever is Allāh Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَنman(he) who
  3. تَابَtābarepents
  4. وَءَامَنَwaāmanaand believes
  5. وَعَمِلَwaʿamilaand does
  6. عَمَلًۭاʿamalanrighteous deeds
  7. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanrighteous deeds
  8. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen (for) those
  9. يُبَدِّلُyubaddiluAllah will replace
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah will replace
  11. سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْsayyiātihimtheir evil deeds
  12. حَسَنَـٰتٍۢ ۗḥasanātin(with) good ones
  13. وَكَانَwakānaAnd is
  14. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  15. غَفُورًۭاghafūranOft-Forgiving
  16. رَّحِيمًۭاraḥīmanMost Merciful

Verse 71

وَمَن تَابَ وَعَمِلَ صَـٰلِحًا فَإِنَّهُۥ يَتُوبُ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَتَابًا

Transliteration waman tāba waʿamila ṣāliḥan fa-innahu yatūbu ilā l-lahi matāban

English And he who repents and does righteousness does indeed turn to Allāh with [accepted] repentance.

  1. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  2. تَابَtābarepents
  3. وَعَمِلَwaʿamilaand does
  4. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanrighteous (deeds)
  5. فَإِنَّهُۥfa-innahuthen indeed, he
  6. يَتُوبُyatūbuturns
  7. إِلَىilāto
  8. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  9. مَتَابًۭاmatāban(with) repentance

Verse 72

وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَشْهَدُونَ ٱلزُّورَ وَإِذَا مَرُّوا۟ بِٱللَّغْوِ مَرُّوا۟ كِرَامًا

Transliteration wa-alladhīna lā yashhadūna l-zūra wa-idhā marrū bil-laghwi marrū kirāman

English And [they are] those who do not testify to falsehood, and when they pass near ill speech, they pass by with dignity.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. لَاlā(do) not
  3. يَشْهَدُونَyashhadūnabear witness
  4. ٱلزُّورَl-zūra(to) the falsehood
  5. وَإِذَاwa-idhāand when
  6. مَرُّوا۟marrūthey pass
  7. بِٱللَّغْوِbil-laghwiby futility
  8. مَرُّوا۟marrūthey pass
  9. كِرَامًۭاkirāman(as) dignified ones

Verse 73

وَٱلَّذِينَ إِذَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ لَمْ يَخِرُّوا۟ عَلَيْهَا صُمًّا وَعُمْيَانًا

Transliteration wa-alladhīna idhā dhukkirū biāyāti rabbihim lam yakhirrū ʿalayhā ṣumman waʿum'yānan

English And those who, when reminded of the verses of their Lord, do not fall upon them deaf and blind.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. إِذَاidhāwhen
  3. ذُكِّرُوا۟dhukkirūthey are reminded
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātiof (the) Verses
  5. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  6. لَمْlam(do) not
  7. يَخِرُّوا۟yakhirrūfall
  8. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāupon them
  9. صُمًّۭاṣummandeaf
  10. وَعُمْيَانًۭاwaʿum'yānanand blind

Verse 74

وَٱلَّذِينَ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَا هَبْ لَنَا مِنْ أَزْوَٰجِنَا وَذُرِّيَّـٰتِنَا قُرَّةَ أَعْيُنٍ وَٱجْعَلْنَا لِلْمُتَّقِينَ إِمَامًا

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yaqūlūna rabbanā hab lanā min azwājinā wadhurriyyātinā qurrata aʿyunin wa-ij'ʿalnā lil'muttaqīna imāman

English And those who say, "Our Lord, grant us from among our wives and offspring comfort to our eyes and make us a leader [i.e., example] for the righteous."

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnasay
  3. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  4. هَبْhabGrant
  5. لَنَاlanāto us
  6. مِنْminfrom
  7. أَزْوَٰجِنَاazwājināour spouses
  8. وَذُرِّيَّـٰتِنَاwadhurriyyātināand our offspring
  9. قُرَّةَqurratacomfort
  10. أَعْيُنٍۢaʿyunin(to) our eyes
  11. وَٱجْعَلْنَاwa-ij'ʿalnāand make us
  12. لِلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīnafor the righteous
  13. إِمَامًاimāmana leader

Verse 75

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ يُجْزَوْنَ ٱلْغُرْفَةَ بِمَا صَبَرُوا۟ وَيُلَقَّوْنَ فِيهَا تَحِيَّةً وَسَلَـٰمًا

Transliteration ulāika yuj'zawna l-ghur'fata bimā ṣabarū wayulaqqawna fīhā taḥiyyatan wasalāman

English Those will be awarded the Chamber for what they patiently endured, and they will be received therein with greetings and [words of] peace,

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. يُجْزَوْنَyuj'zawnawill be awarded
  3. ٱلْغُرْفَةَl-ghur'fatathe Chamber
  4. بِمَاbimābecause
  5. صَبَرُوا۟ṣabarūthey were patient
  6. وَيُلَقَّوْنَwayulaqqawnaand they will be met
  7. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  8. تَحِيَّةًۭtaḥiyyatan(with) greetings
  9. وَسَلَـٰمًاwasalāmanand peace

Verse 76

خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا ۚ حَسُنَتْ مُسْتَقَرًّا وَمُقَامًا

Transliteration khālidīna fīhā ḥasunat mus'taqarran wamuqāman

English Abiding eternally therein. Good is the settlement and residence.

  1. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīnaWill abide forever
  2. فِيهَا ۚfīhāin it
  3. حَسُنَتْḥasunatGood
  4. مُسْتَقَرًّۭاmus'taqarran(is) the settlement
  5. وَمُقَامًۭاwamuqāmanand a resting place

Verse 77

قُلْ مَا يَعْبَؤُا۟ بِكُمْ رَبِّى لَوْلَا دُعَآؤُكُمْ ۖ فَقَدْ كَذَّبْتُمْ فَسَوْفَ يَكُونُ لِزَامًۢا

Transliteration qul mā yaʿba-u bikum rabbī lawlā duʿāukum faqad kadhabtum fasawfa yakūnu lizāman

English Say, "What would my Lord care for you if not for your supplication?" For you [disbelievers] have denied, so it [i.e., your denial] is going to be adherent.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. مَاmāNot
  3. يَعْبَؤُا۟yaʿba-uwill care
  4. بِكُمْbikumfor you
  5. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  6. لَوْلَاlawlāif not
  7. دُعَآؤُكُمْ ۖduʿāukumyour prayer (is to Him)
  8. فَقَدْfaqadBut verily
  9. كَذَّبْتُمْkadhabtumyou have denied
  10. فَسَوْفَfasawfaso soon
  11. يَكُونُyakūnuwill be
  12. لِزَامًۢاlizāmanthe inevitable (punishment)

Surah Ash-Shu'ara الشعراء verses 1–227

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

طسٓمٓ

Transliteration tta-seen-meem

English Ṭā, Seen, Meem.

  1. طسٓمٓtta-seen-meemTa Seem Meem

Verse 2

تِلْكَ ءَايَـٰتُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ ٱلْمُبِينِ

Transliteration til'ka āyātu l-kitābi l-mubīni

English These are the verses of the clear Book.

  1. تِلْكَtil'kaThese
  2. ءَايَـٰتُāyātu(are the) Verses
  3. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābi(of) the Book
  4. ٱلْمُبِينِl-mubīniclear

Verse 3

لَعَلَّكَ بَـٰخِعٌ نَّفْسَكَ أَلَّا يَكُونُوا۟ مُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration laʿallaka bākhiʿun nafsaka allā yakūnū mu'minīna

English Perhaps, [O Muḥammad], you would kill yourself with grief that they will not be believers.

  1. لَعَلَّكَlaʿallakaPerhaps you
  2. بَـٰخِعٌۭbākhiʿun(would) kill
  3. نَّفْسَكَnafsakayourself
  4. أَلَّاallāthat not
  5. يَكُونُوا۟yakūnūthey become
  6. مُؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 4

إِن نَّشَأْ نُنَزِّلْ عَلَيْهِم مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ ءَايَةً فَظَلَّتْ أَعْنَـٰقُهُمْ لَهَا خَـٰضِعِينَ

Transliteration in nasha nunazzil ʿalayhim mina l-samāi āyatan faẓallat aʿnāquhum lahā khāḍiʿīna

English If We willed, We could send down to them from the sky a sign for which their necks would remain humbled.

  1. إِنinIf
  2. نَّشَأْnashaWe will
  3. نُنَزِّلْnunazzilWe can send down
  4. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimto them
  5. مِّنَminafrom
  6. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  7. ءَايَةًۭāyatana Sign
  8. فَظَلَّتْfaẓallatso would bend
  9. أَعْنَـٰقُهُمْaʿnāquhumtheir necks
  10. لَهَاlahāto it
  11. خَـٰضِعِينَkhāḍiʿīna(in) humility

Verse 5

وَمَا يَأْتِيهِم مِّن ذِكْرٍ مِّنَ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ مُحْدَثٍ إِلَّا كَانُوا۟ عَنْهُ مُعْرِضِينَ

Transliteration wamā yatīhim min dhik'rin mina l-raḥmāni muḥ'dathin illā kānū ʿanhu muʿ'riḍīna

English And no mention [i.e., revelation] comes to them anew from the Most Merciful except that they turn away from it.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd (does) not
  2. يَأْتِيهِمyatīhimcome to them
  3. مِّنminany
  4. ذِكْرٍۢdhik'rinreminder
  5. مِّنَminafrom
  6. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  7. مُحْدَثٍmuḥ'dathinnew
  8. إِلَّاillābut
  9. كَانُوا۟kānūthey
  10. عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
  11. مُعْرِضِينَmuʿ'riḍīnaturn away

Verse 6

فَقَدْ كَذَّبُوا۟ فَسَيَأْتِيهِمْ أَنۢبَـٰٓؤُا۟ مَا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Transliteration faqad kadhabū fasayatīhim anbāu mā kānū bihi yastahziūna

English For they have already denied, but there will come to them the news of that which they used to ridicule.

  1. فَقَدْfaqadSo verily
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūthey have denied
  3. فَسَيَأْتِيهِمْfasayatīhimthen will come to them
  4. أَنۢبَـٰٓؤُا۟anbāuthe news
  5. مَاmā(of) what
  6. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used
  7. بِهِۦbihiat it
  8. يَسْتَهْزِءُونَyastahziūna(to) mock

Verse 7

أَوَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ إِلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ كَمْ أَنۢبَتْنَا فِيهَا مِن كُلِّ زَوْجٍ كَرِيمٍ

Transliteration awalam yaraw ilā l-arḍi kam anbatnā fīhā min kulli zawjin karīmin

English Did they not look at the earth - how much We have produced therein from every noble kind?

  1. أَوَلَمْawalamDo not
  2. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  3. إِلَىilāat
  4. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  5. كَمْkamhow many
  6. أَنۢبَتْنَاanbatnāWe produced
  7. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  8. مِنminof
  9. كُلِّkullievery
  10. زَوْجٍۢzawjinkind
  11. كَرِيمٍkarīminnoble

Verse 8

إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration inna fī dhālika laāyatan wamā kāna aktharuhum mu'minīna

English Indeed in that is a sign, but most of them were not to be believers.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  4. لَـَٔايَةًۭ ۖlaāyatansurely (is) a sign
  5. وَمَاwamābut not
  6. كَانَkānaare
  7. أَكْثَرُهُمaktharuhummost of them
  8. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 9

وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration wa-inna rabbaka lahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-raḥīmu

English And indeed, your Lord - He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. لَهُوَlahuwasurely, He
  4. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  5. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 10

وَإِذْ نَادَىٰ رَبُّكَ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنِ ٱئْتِ ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-idh nādā rabbuka mūsā ani i'ti l-qawma l-ẓālimīna

English And [mention] when your Lord called Moses, [saying], "Go to the wrongdoing people -

  1. وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
  2. نَادَىٰnādāyour Lord called
  3. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord called
  4. مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
  5. أَنِani[that]
  6. ٱئْتِi'tiGo
  7. ٱلْقَوْمَl-qawma(to) the people
  8. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīna(who are) wrongdoers

Verse 11

قَوْمَ فِرْعَوْنَ ۚ أَلَا يَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration qawma fir'ʿawna alā yattaqūna

English The people of Pharaoh. Will they not fear Allāh?"

  1. قَوْمَqawma(The) people
  2. فِرْعَوْنَ ۚfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
  3. أَلَاalāWill not
  4. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūnathey fear

Verse 12

قَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ أَن يُكَذِّبُونِ

Transliteration qāla rabbi innī akhāfu an yukadhibūni

English He said, "My Lord, indeed I fear that they will deny me

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  4. أَخَافُakhāfu[I] fear
  5. أَنanthat
  6. يُكَذِّبُونِyukadhibūnithey will deny me

Verse 13

وَيَضِيقُ صَدْرِى وَلَا يَنطَلِقُ لِسَانِى فَأَرْسِلْ إِلَىٰ هَـٰرُونَ

Transliteration wayaḍīqu ṣadrī walā yanṭaliqu lisānī fa-arsil ilā hārūna

English And that my breast will tighten and my tongue will not be fluent, so send for Aaron.

  1. وَيَضِيقُwayaḍīquAnd straitens
  2. صَدْرِىṣadrīmy breast
  3. وَلَاwalāand not
  4. يَنطَلِقُyanṭaliquexpresses well
  5. لِسَانِىlisānīmy tongue
  6. فَأَرْسِلْfa-arsilso send
  7. إِلَىٰilāfor
  8. هَـٰرُونَhārūnaHarun

Verse 14

وَلَهُمْ عَلَىَّ ذَنۢبٌ فَأَخَافُ أَن يَقْتُلُونِ

Transliteration walahum ʿalayya dhanbun fa-akhāfu an yaqtulūni

English And they have upon me a [claim due to] sin, so I fear that they will kill me."

  1. وَلَهُمْwalahumAnd they have
  2. عَلَىَّʿalayyaagainst me
  3. ذَنۢبٌۭdhanbuna crime
  4. فَأَخَافُfa-akhāfuso I fear
  5. أَنanthat
  6. يَقْتُلُونِyaqtulūnithey will kill me

Verse 15

قَالَ كَلَّا ۖ فَٱذْهَبَا بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ ۖ إِنَّا مَعَكُم مُّسْتَمِعُونَ

Transliteration qāla kallā fa-idh'habā biāyātinā innā maʿakum mus'tamiʿūna

English [Allāh] said, "No. Go both of you with Our signs; indeed, We are with you, listening.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. كَلَّا ۖkallāNay
  3. فَٱذْهَبَاfa-idh'habāgo both of you
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ ۖbiāyātināwith Our Signs
  5. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  6. مَعَكُمmaʿakum(are) with you
  7. مُّسْتَمِعُونَmus'tamiʿūnalistening

Verse 16

فَأْتِيَا فِرْعَوْنَ فَقُولَآ إِنَّا رَسُولُ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration fatiyā fir'ʿawna faqūlā innā rasūlu rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English Go to Pharaoh and say, 'We are the messengers of the Lord of the worlds,

  1. فَأْتِيَاfatiyāSo go both of you
  2. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(to) Firaun
  3. فَقُولَآfaqūlāand say
  4. إِنَّاinnā'Indeed, we
  5. رَسُولُrasūlu(are the) Messenger
  6. رَبِّrabbi(of the) Lord
  7. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 17

أَنْ أَرْسِلْ مَعَنَا بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ

Transliteration an arsil maʿanā banī is'rāīla

English [Commanded to say], "Send with us the Children of Israel."'"

  1. أَنْan[That]
  2. أَرْسِلْarsilsend
  3. مَعَنَاmaʿanāwith us
  4. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children of Israel.'
  5. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(the) Children of Israel.'

Verse 18

قَالَ أَلَمْ نُرَبِّكَ فِينَا وَلِيدًا وَلَبِثْتَ فِينَا مِنْ عُمُرِكَ سِنِينَ

Transliteration qāla alam nurabbika fīnā walīdan walabith'ta fīnā min ʿumurika sinīna

English [Pharaoh] said, "Did we not raise you among us as a child, and you remained among us for years of your life?

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَلَمْalamDid not
  3. نُرَبِّكَnurabbikawe bring you up
  4. فِينَاfīnāamong us
  5. وَلِيدًۭاwalīdan(as) a child
  6. وَلَبِثْتَwalabith'taand you remained
  7. فِينَاfīnāamong us
  8. مِنْminof
  9. عُمُرِكَʿumurikayour life
  10. سِنِينَsinīnayears

Verse 19

وَفَعَلْتَ فَعْلَتَكَ ٱلَّتِى فَعَلْتَ وَأَنتَ مِنَ ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration wafaʿalta faʿlataka allatī faʿalta wa-anta mina l-kāfirīna

English And [then] you did your deed which you did, and you were of the ungrateful."

  1. وَفَعَلْتَwafaʿaltaAnd you did
  2. فَعْلَتَكَfaʿlatakayour deed
  3. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  4. فَعَلْتَfaʿaltayou did
  5. وَأَنتَwa-antaand you
  6. مِنَmina(were) of
  7. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe ungrateful

Verse 20

قَالَ فَعَلْتُهَآ إِذًا وَأَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلضَّآلِّينَ

Transliteration qāla faʿaltuhā idhan wa-anā mina l-ḍālīna

English [Moses] said, "I did it, then, while I was of those astray [i.e., ignorant].

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَعَلْتُهَآfaʿaltuhāI did it
  3. إِذًۭاidhanwhen
  4. وَأَنَا۠wa-anāI
  5. مِنَmina(was) of
  6. ٱلضَّآلِّينَl-ḍālīnathose who are astray

Verse 21

فَفَرَرْتُ مِنكُمْ لَمَّا خِفْتُكُمْ فَوَهَبَ لِى رَبِّى حُكْمًا وَجَعَلَنِى مِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration fafarartu minkum lammā khif'tukum fawahaba lī rabbī ḥuk'man wajaʿalanī mina l-mur'salīna

English So I fled from you when I feared you. Then my Lord granted me judgement [i.e., wisdom and prophet hood] and appointed me [as one] of the messengers.

  1. فَفَرَرْتُfafarartuSo I fled
  2. مِنكُمْminkumfrom you
  3. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  4. خِفْتُكُمْkhif'tukumI feared you
  5. فَوَهَبَfawahabaBut granted
  6. لِىlīto me
  7. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  8. حُكْمًۭاḥuk'manjudgment
  9. وَجَعَلَنِىwajaʿalanīand made me
  10. مِنَminaof
  11. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 22

وَتِلْكَ نِعْمَةٌ تَمُنُّهَا عَلَىَّ أَنْ عَبَّدتَّ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ

Transliteration watil'ka niʿ'matun tamunnuhā ʿalayya an ʿabbadtta banī is'rāīla

English And is this a favor of which you remind me - that you have enslaved the Children of Israel?"

  1. وَتِلْكَwatil'kaAnd this
  2. نِعْمَةٌۭniʿ'matun(is the) favor
  3. تَمُنُّهَاtamunnuhāwith which you reproach
  4. عَلَىَّʿalayya[on] me
  5. أَنْanthat
  6. عَبَّدتَّʿabbadttayou have enslaved
  7. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children of Israel
  8. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(the) Children of Israel

Verse 23

قَالَ فِرْعَوْنُ وَمَا رَبُّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qāla fir'ʿawnu wamā rabbu l-ʿālamīna

English Said Pharaoh, "And what is the Lord of the worlds?"

  1. قَالَqālaFiraun said
  2. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun said
  3. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  4. رَبُّrabbu(is the) Lord
  5. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 24

قَالَ رَبُّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَآ ۖ إِن كُنتُم مُّوقِنِينَ

Transliteration qāla rabbu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā baynahumā in kuntum mūqinīna

English [Moses] said, "The Lord of the heavens and earth and that between them, if you should be convinced."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبُّrabbuLord
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  6. بَيْنَهُمَآ ۖbaynahumā(is) between them
  7. إِنinif
  8. كُنتُمkuntumyou (should) be
  9. مُّوقِنِينَmūqinīnaconvinced

Verse 25

قَالَ لِمَنْ حَوْلَهُۥٓ أَلَا تَسْتَمِعُونَ

Transliteration qāla liman ḥawlahu alā tastamiʿūna

English [Pharaoh] said to those around him, "Do you not hear?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. لِمَنْlimanto those
  3. حَوْلَهُۥٓḥawlahuaround him
  4. أَلَاalāDo not
  5. تَسْتَمِعُونَtastamiʿūnayou hear

Verse 26

قَالَ رَبُّكُمْ وَرَبُّ ءَابَآئِكُمُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration qāla rabbukum warabbu ābāikumu l-awalīna

English [Moses] said, "Your Lord and the Lord of your first forefathers."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumYour Lord
  3. وَرَبُّwarabbuand (the) Lord
  4. ءَابَآئِكُمُābāikumu(of) your forefathers
  5. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) your forefathers

Verse 27

قَالَ إِنَّ رَسُولَكُمُ ٱلَّذِىٓ أُرْسِلَ إِلَيْكُمْ لَمَجْنُونٌ

Transliteration qāla inna rasūlakumu alladhī ur'sila ilaykum lamajnūnun

English [Pharaoh] said, "Indeed, your 'messenger' who has been sent to you is mad."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  3. رَسُولَكُمُrasūlakumuyour Messenger
  4. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīwho
  5. أُرْسِلَur'silahas been sent
  6. إِلَيْكُمْilaykumto you
  7. لَمَجْنُونٌۭlamajnūnun(is) surely mad

Verse 28

قَالَ رَبُّ ٱلْمَشْرِقِ وَٱلْمَغْرِبِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَآ ۖ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration qāla rabbu l-mashriqi wal-maghribi wamā baynahumā in kuntum taʿqilūna

English [Moses] said, "Lord of the east and the west and that between them, if you were to reason."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبُّrabbuLord
  3. ٱلْمَشْرِقِl-mashriqi(of) the east
  4. وَٱلْمَغْرِبِwal-maghribiand the west
  5. وَمَاwamāand whatever
  6. بَيْنَهُمَآ ۖbaynahumā(is) between them
  7. إِنinif
  8. كُنتُمْkuntumyou were
  9. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūna(to) reason

Verse 29

قَالَ لَئِنِ ٱتَّخَذْتَ إِلَـٰهًا غَيْرِى لَأَجْعَلَنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلْمَسْجُونِينَ

Transliteration qāla la-ini ittakhadhta ilāhan ghayrī la-ajʿalannaka mina l-masjūnīna

English [Pharaoh] said, "If you take a god other than me, I will surely place you among those imprisoned."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. لَئِنِla-iniIf
  3. ٱتَّخَذْتَittakhadhtayou take
  4. إِلَـٰهًاilāhana god
  5. غَيْرِىghayrīother than me
  6. لَأَجْعَلَنَّكَla-ajʿalannakaI will surely make you
  7. مِنَminaamong
  8. ٱلْمَسْجُونِينَl-masjūnīnathose imprisoned

Verse 30

قَالَ أَوَلَوْ جِئْتُكَ بِشَىْءٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration qāla awalaw ji'tuka bishayin mubīnin

English [Moses] said, "Even if I brought you something [i.e., proof] manifest?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَوَلَوْawalawEven if
  3. جِئْتُكَji'tukaI bring you
  4. بِشَىْءٍۢbishayinsomething
  5. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninmanifest

Verse 31

قَالَ فَأْتِ بِهِۦٓ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration qāla fati bihi in kunta mina l-ṣādiqīna

English [Pharaoh] said, "Then bring it, if you should be of the truthful."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. فَأْتِfatiThen bring
  3. بِهِۦٓbihiit
  4. إِنinif
  5. كُنتَkuntayou are
  6. مِنَminaof
  7. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 32

فَأَلْقَىٰ عَصَاهُ فَإِذَا هِىَ ثُعْبَانٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration fa-alqā ʿaṣāhu fa-idhā hiya thuʿ'bānun mubīnun

English So [Moses] threw his staff, and suddenly it was a serpent manifest.

  1. فَأَلْقَىٰfa-alqāSo he threw
  2. عَصَاهُʿaṣāhuhis staff
  3. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand behold
  4. هِىَhiyaIt
  5. ثُعْبَانٌۭthuʿ'bānun(was) a serpent
  6. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunmanifest

Verse 33

وَنَزَعَ يَدَهُۥ فَإِذَا هِىَ بَيْضَآءُ لِلنَّـٰظِرِينَ

Transliteration wanazaʿa yadahu fa-idhā hiya bayḍāu lilnnāẓirīna

English And he drew out his hand; thereupon it was white for the observers.

  1. وَنَزَعَwanazaʿaAnd he drew out
  2. يَدَهُۥyadahuhis hand
  3. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand behold
  4. هِىَhiyaIt
  5. بَيْضَآءُbayḍāu(was) white
  6. لِلنَّـٰظِرِينَlilnnāẓirīnafor the observers

Verse 34

قَالَ لِلْمَلَإِ حَوْلَهُۥٓ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَسَـٰحِرٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration qāla lil'mala-i ḥawlahu inna hādhā lasāḥirun ʿalīmun

English [Pharaoh] said to the eminent ones around him, "Indeed, this is a learned magician.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. لِلْمَلَإِlil'mala-ito the chiefs
  3. حَوْلَهُۥٓḥawlahuaround him
  4. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  5. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  6. لَسَـٰحِرٌlasāḥirun(is) surely a magician
  7. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunlearned

Verse 35

يُرِيدُ أَن يُخْرِجَكُم مِّنْ أَرْضِكُم بِسِحْرِهِۦ فَمَاذَا تَأْمُرُونَ

Transliteration yurīdu an yukh'rijakum min arḍikum bisiḥ'rihi famādhā tamurūna

English He wants to drive you out of your land by his magic, so what do you advise?"

  1. يُرِيدُyurīduHe wants
  2. أَنanto
  3. يُخْرِجَكُمyukh'rijakumdrive you out
  4. مِّنْminfrom
  5. أَرْضِكُمarḍikumyour land
  6. بِسِحْرِهِۦbisiḥ'rihiby his magic
  7. فَمَاذَاfamādhāso what
  8. تَأْمُرُونَtamurūna(do) you advise

Verse 36

قَالُوٓا۟ أَرْجِهْ وَأَخَاهُ وَٱبْعَثْ فِى ٱلْمَدَآئِنِ حَـٰشِرِينَ

Transliteration qālū arjih wa-akhāhu wa-ib'ʿath fī l-madāini ḥāshirīna

English They said, "Postpone [the matter of] him and his brother and send among the cities gatherers

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. أَرْجِهْarjihPostpone him
  3. وَأَخَاهُwa-akhāhuand his brother
  4. وَٱبْعَثْwa-ib'ʿathand send
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ٱلْمَدَآئِنِl-madāinithe cities
  7. حَـٰشِرِينَḥāshirīnagatherers

Verse 37

يَأْتُوكَ بِكُلِّ سَحَّارٍ عَلِيمٍ

Transliteration yatūka bikulli saḥḥārin ʿalīmin

English Who will bring you every learned, skilled magician."

  1. يَأْتُوكَyatūkaThey (will) bring to you
  2. بِكُلِّbikullievery
  3. سَحَّارٍsaḥḥārinmagician
  4. عَلِيمٍۢʿalīminlearned

Verse 38

فَجُمِعَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ لِمِيقَـٰتِ يَوْمٍ مَّعْلُومٍ

Transliteration fajumiʿa l-saḥaratu limīqāti yawmin maʿlūmin

English So the magicians were assembled for the appointment of a well-known day.

  1. فَجُمِعَfajumiʿaSo were assembled
  2. ٱلسَّحَرَةُl-saḥaratuthe magicians
  3. لِمِيقَـٰتِlimīqātifor (the) appointment
  4. يَوْمٍۢyawmin(on) a day
  5. مَّعْلُومٍۢmaʿlūminwell-known

Verse 39

وَقِيلَ لِلنَّاسِ هَلْ أَنتُم مُّجْتَمِعُونَ

Transliteration waqīla lilnnāsi hal antum muj'tamiʿūna

English And it was said to the people, "Will you congregate.

  1. وَقِيلَwaqīlaAnd it was said
  2. لِلنَّاسِlilnnāsito the people
  3. هَلْhalWill
  4. أَنتُمantumyou
  5. مُّجْتَمِعُونَmuj'tamiʿūnaassemble

Verse 40

لَعَلَّنَا نَتَّبِعُ ٱلسَّحَرَةَ إِن كَانُوا۟ هُمُ ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَ

Transliteration laʿallanā nattabiʿu l-saḥarata in kānū humu l-ghālibīna

English That we might follow the magicians if they are the predominant?"

  1. لَعَلَّنَاlaʿallanāThat we may
  2. نَتَّبِعُnattabiʿufollow
  3. ٱلسَّحَرَةَl-saḥaratathe magicians
  4. إِنinif
  5. كَانُوا۟kānūthey are
  6. هُمُhumuthey are
  7. ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَl-ghālibīnathe victorious

Verse 41

فَلَمَّا جَآءَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ قَالُوا۟ لِفِرْعَوْنَ أَئِنَّ لَنَا لَأَجْرًا إِن كُنَّا نَحْنُ ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَ

Transliteration falammā jāa l-saḥaratu qālū lifir'ʿawna a-inna lanā la-ajran in kunnā naḥnu l-ghālibīna

English And when the magicians arrived, they said to Pharaoh, "Is there indeed for us a reward if we are the predominant?"

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. ٱلسَّحَرَةُl-saḥaratuthe magicians
  4. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  5. لِفِرْعَوْنَlifir'ʿawnato Firaun
  6. أَئِنَّa-innaIs there
  7. لَنَاlanāfor us
  8. لَأَجْرًاla-ajrana reward
  9. إِنinif
  10. كُنَّاkunnāwe are
  11. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe are
  12. ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَl-ghālibīnathe victorious

Verse 42

قَالَ نَعَمْ وَإِنَّكُمْ إِذًا لَّمِنَ ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَ

Transliteration qāla naʿam wa-innakum idhan lamina l-muqarabīna

English He said, "Yes, and indeed, you will then be of those near [to me]."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. نَعَمْnaʿamYes
  3. وَإِنَّكُمْwa-innakumand indeed you
  4. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  5. لَّمِنَlaminasurely (will be) of
  6. ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَl-muqarabīnathe ones who are brought near

Verse 43

قَالَ لَهُم مُّوسَىٰٓ أَلْقُوا۟ مَآ أَنتُم مُّلْقُونَ

Transliteration qāla lahum mūsā alqū mā antum mul'qūna

English Moses said to them, "Throw whatever you will throw."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. لَهُمlahumto them
  3. مُّوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
  4. أَلْقُوا۟alqūThrow
  5. مَآmāwhat
  6. أَنتُمantumyou
  7. مُّلْقُونَmul'qūna(are) going to throw

Verse 44

فَأَلْقَوْا۟ حِبَالَهُمْ وَعِصِيَّهُمْ وَقَالُوا۟ بِعِزَّةِ فِرْعَوْنَ إِنَّا لَنَحْنُ ٱلْغَـٰلِبُونَ

Transliteration fa-alqaw ḥibālahum waʿiṣiyyahum waqālū biʿizzati fir'ʿawna innā lanaḥnu l-ghālibūna

English So they threw their ropes and their staffs and said, "By the might of Pharaoh, indeed it is we who are predominant."

  1. فَأَلْقَوْا۟fa-alqawSo they threw
  2. حِبَالَهُمْḥibālahumtheir ropes
  3. وَعِصِيَّهُمْwaʿiṣiyyahumand their staffs
  4. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūand said
  5. بِعِزَّةِbiʿizzatiBy the might
  6. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
  7. إِنَّاinnāindeed, we
  8. لَنَحْنُlanaḥnusurely, we
  9. ٱلْغَـٰلِبُونَl-ghālibūna(are) the victorious

Verse 45

فَأَلْقَىٰ مُوسَىٰ عَصَاهُ فَإِذَا هِىَ تَلْقَفُ مَا يَأْفِكُونَ

Transliteration fa-alqā mūsā ʿaṣāhu fa-idhā hiya talqafu mā yafikūna

English Then Moses threw his staff, and at once it devoured what they falsified.

  1. فَأَلْقَىٰfa-alqāThen threw
  2. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  3. عَصَاهُʿaṣāhuhis staff
  4. فَإِذَاfa-idhāand behold
  5. هِىَhiyaIt
  6. تَلْقَفُtalqafuswallowed
  7. مَاmāwhat
  8. يَأْفِكُونَyafikūnathey falsified

Verse 46

فَأُلْقِىَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ سَـٰجِدِينَ

Transliteration fa-ul'qiya l-saḥaratu sājidīna

English So the magicians fell down in prostration [to Allāh].

  1. فَأُلْقِىَfa-ul'qiyaThen fell down
  2. ٱلسَّحَرَةُl-saḥaratuthe magicians
  3. سَـٰجِدِينَsājidīnaprostrate

Verse 47

قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِرَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qālū āmannā birabbi l-ʿālamīna

English They said, "We have believed in the Lord of the worlds,

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. ءَامَنَّاāmannāWe believe
  3. بِرَبِّbirabbiin (the) Lord
  4. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 48

رَبِّ مُوسَىٰ وَهَـٰرُونَ

Transliteration rabbi mūsā wahārūna

English The Lord of Moses and Aaron."

  1. رَبِّrabbiLord
  2. مُوسَىٰmūsā(of) Musa
  3. وَهَـٰرُونَwahārūnaand Harun

Verse 49

قَالَ ءَامَنتُمْ لَهُۥ قَبْلَ أَنْ ءَاذَنَ لَكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ لَكَبِيرُكُمُ ٱلَّذِى عَلَّمَكُمُ ٱلسِّحْرَ فَلَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ ۚ لَأُقَطِّعَنَّ أَيْدِيَكُمْ وَأَرْجُلَكُم مِّنْ خِلَـٰفٍ وَلَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration qāla āmantum lahu qabla an ādhana lakum innahu lakabīrukumu alladhī ʿallamakumu l-siḥ'ra falasawfa taʿlamūna la-uqaṭṭiʿanna aydiyakum wa-arjulakum min khilāfin wala-uṣallibannakum ajmaʿīna

English [Pharaoh] said, "You believed him [i.e., Moses] before I gave you permission. Indeed, he is your leader who has taught you magic, but you are going to know. I will surely cut off your hands and your feet on opposite sides, and I will surely crucify you all."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. ءَامَنتُمْāmantumYou believed
  3. لَهُۥlahuin him
  4. قَبْلَqablabefore
  5. أَنْan[that]
  6. ءَاذَنَādhanaI gave permission
  7. لَكُمْ ۖlakumto you
  8. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  9. لَكَبِيرُكُمُlakabīrukumu(is) surely your chief
  10. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwho
  11. عَلَّمَكُمُʿallamakumuhas taught you
  12. ٱلسِّحْرَl-siḥ'rathe magic
  13. فَلَسَوْفَfalasawfaso surely soon
  14. تَعْلَمُونَ ۚtaʿlamūnayou will know
  15. لَأُقَطِّعَنَّla-uqaṭṭiʿannaI will surely cut off
  16. أَيْدِيَكُمْaydiyakumyour hands
  17. وَأَرْجُلَكُمwa-arjulakumand your feet
  18. مِّنْminof
  19. خِلَـٰفٍۢkhilāfinopposite sides
  20. وَلَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْwala-uṣallibannakumand I will surely crucify you
  21. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 50

قَالُوا۟ لَا ضَيْرَ ۖ إِنَّآ إِلَىٰ رَبِّنَا مُنقَلِبُونَ

Transliteration qālū lā ḍayra innā ilā rabbinā munqalibūna

English They said, "No harm. Indeed, to our Lord we will return.

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. لَاlāNo
  3. ضَيْرَ ۖḍayraharm
  4. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, we
  5. إِلَىٰilāto
  6. رَبِّنَاrabbināour Lord
  7. مُنقَلِبُونَmunqalibūna(will) return

Verse 51

إِنَّا نَطْمَعُ أَن يَغْفِرَ لَنَا رَبُّنَا خَطَـٰيَـٰنَآ أَن كُنَّآ أَوَّلَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration innā naṭmaʿu an yaghfira lanā rabbunā khaṭāyānā an kunnā awwala l-mu'minīna

English Indeed, we aspire that our Lord will forgive us our sins because we were the first of the believers."

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  2. نَطْمَعُnaṭmaʿuhope
  3. أَنanthat
  4. يَغْفِرَyaghfirawill forgive
  5. لَنَاlanāus
  6. رَبُّنَاrabbunāour Lord
  7. خَطَـٰيَـٰنَآkhaṭāyānāour sins
  8. أَنanbecause
  9. كُنَّآkunnāwe are
  10. أَوَّلَawwala(the) first
  11. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīna(of) the believers

Verse 52

۞ وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنْ أَسْرِ بِعِبَادِىٓ إِنَّكُم مُّتَّبَعُونَ

Transliteration wa-awḥaynā ilā mūsā an asri biʿibādī innakum muttabaʿūna

English And We inspired to Moses, "Travel by night with My servants; indeed, you will be pursued."

  1. ۞ وَأَوْحَيْنَآwa-awḥaynāAnd We inspired
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
  4. أَنْan[that]
  5. أَسْرِasriTravel by night
  6. بِعِبَادِىٓbiʿibādīwith My slaves
  7. إِنَّكُمinnakumindeed, you
  8. مُّتَّبَعُونَmuttabaʿūna(will be) followed

Verse 53

فَأَرْسَلَ فِرْعَوْنُ فِى ٱلْمَدَآئِنِ حَـٰشِرِينَ

Transliteration fa-arsala fir'ʿawnu fī l-madāini ḥāshirīna

English Then Pharaoh sent among the cities gatherers

  1. فَأَرْسَلَfa-arsalaThen sent
  2. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْمَدَآئِنِl-madāinithe cities
  5. حَـٰشِرِينَḥāshirīnagatherers

Verse 54

إِنَّ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ لَشِرْذِمَةٌ قَلِيلُونَ

Transliteration inna hāulāi lashir'dhimatun qalīlūna

English [And said], "Indeed, those are but a small band,

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  3. لَشِرْذِمَةٌۭlashir'dhimatun(are) certainly a band
  4. قَلِيلُونَqalīlūnasmall

Verse 55

وَإِنَّهُمْ لَنَا لَغَآئِظُونَ

Transliteration wa-innahum lanā laghāiẓūna

English And indeed, they are enraging us,

  1. وَإِنَّهُمْwa-innahumAnd indeed, they
  2. لَنَاlanā[to] us
  3. لَغَآئِظُونَlaghāiẓūna(are) surely enraging

Verse 56

وَإِنَّا لَجَمِيعٌ حَـٰذِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-innā lajamīʿun ḥādhirūna

English And indeed, we are a cautious society..."

  1. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed, we
  2. لَجَمِيعٌlajamīʿun(are) surely a multitude
  3. حَـٰذِرُونَḥādhirūnaforewarned

Verse 57

فَأَخْرَجْنَـٰهُم مِّن جَنَّـٰتٍ وَعُيُونٍ

Transliteration fa-akhrajnāhum min jannātin waʿuyūnin

English So We removed them from gardens and springs

  1. فَأَخْرَجْنَـٰهُمfa-akhrajnāhumSo We expelled them
  2. مِّنminfrom
  3. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātingardens
  4. وَعُيُونٍۢwaʿuyūninand springs

Verse 58

وَكُنُوزٍ وَمَقَامٍ كَرِيمٍ

Transliteration wakunūzin wamaqāmin karīmin

English And treasures and honorable station -

  1. وَكُنُوزٍۢwakunūzinAnd treasures
  2. وَمَقَامٍۢwamaqāminand a place
  3. كَرِيمٍۢkarīminhonorable

Verse 59

كَذَٰلِكَ وَأَوْرَثْنَـٰهَا بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ

Transliteration kadhālika wa-awrathnāhā banī is'rāīla

English Thus. And We caused to inherit it the Children of Israel.

  1. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  2. وَأَوْرَثْنَـٰهَاwa-awrathnāhāAnd We caused to inherit them
  3. بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children of Israel
  4. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(the) Children of Israel

Verse 60

فَأَتْبَعُوهُم مُّشْرِقِينَ

Transliteration fa-atbaʿūhum mush'riqīna

English So they pursued them at sunrise.

  1. فَأَتْبَعُوهُمfa-atbaʿūhumSo they followed them
  2. مُّشْرِقِينَmush'riqīna(at) sunrise

Verse 61

فَلَمَّا تَرَٰٓءَا ٱلْجَمْعَانِ قَالَ أَصْحَـٰبُ مُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّا لَمُدْرَكُونَ

Transliteration falammā tarāā l-jamʿāni qāla aṣḥābu mūsā innā lamud'rakūna

English And when the two companies saw one another, the companions of Moses said, "Indeed, we are to be overtaken!"

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāThen when
  2. تَرَٰٓءَاtarāāsaw each other
  3. ٱلْجَمْعَانِl-jamʿānithe two hosts
  4. قَالَqālasaid
  5. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(the) companions
  6. مُوسَىٰٓmūsā(of) Musa
  7. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  8. لَمُدْرَكُونَlamud'rakūna(are) surely to be overtaken

Verse 62

قَالَ كَلَّآ ۖ إِنَّ مَعِىَ رَبِّى سَيَهْدِينِ

Transliteration qāla kallā inna maʿiya rabbī sayahdīni

English [Moses] said, "No! Indeed, with me is my Lord; He will guide me."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. كَلَّآ ۖkallāNay
  3. إِنَّinnaindeed
  4. مَعِىَmaʿiyawith me
  5. رَبِّىrabbī(is) my Lord
  6. سَيَهْدِينِsayahdīniHe will guide me

Verse 63

فَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنِ ٱضْرِب بِّعَصَاكَ ٱلْبَحْرَ ۖ فَٱنفَلَقَ فَكَانَ كُلُّ فِرْقٍ كَٱلطَّوْدِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ

Transliteration fa-awḥaynā ilā mūsā ani iḍ'rib biʿaṣāka l-baḥra fa-infalaqa fakāna kullu fir'qin kal-ṭawdi l-ʿaẓīmi

English Then We inspired to Moses, "Strike with your staff the sea," and it parted, and each portion was like a great towering mountain.

  1. فَأَوْحَيْنَآfa-awḥaynāThen We inspired
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
  4. أَنِani[that]
  5. ٱضْرِبiḍ'ribStrike
  6. بِّعَصَاكَbiʿaṣākawith your staff
  7. ٱلْبَحْرَ ۖl-baḥrathe sea
  8. فَٱنفَلَقَfa-infalaqaSo it parted
  9. فَكَانَfakānaand became
  10. كُلُّkullueach
  11. فِرْقٍۢfir'qinpart
  12. كَٱلطَّوْدِkal-ṭawdilike the mountain
  13. ٱلْعَظِيمِl-ʿaẓīmi[the] great

Verse 64

وَأَزْلَفْنَا ثَمَّ ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَ

Transliteration wa-azlafnā thamma l-ākharīna

English And We advanced thereto the others [i.e., the pursuers].

  1. وَأَزْلَفْنَاwa-azlafnāAnd We brought near
  2. ثَمَّthammathere
  3. ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَl-ākharīnathe others

Verse 65

وَأَنجَيْنَا مُوسَىٰ وَمَن مَّعَهُۥٓ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration wa-anjaynā mūsā waman maʿahu ajmaʿīna

English And We saved Moses and those with him, all together.

  1. وَأَنجَيْنَاwa-anjaynāAnd We saved
  2. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  3. وَمَنwamanand who
  4. مَّعَهُۥٓmaʿahu(were) with him
  5. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 66

ثُمَّ أَغْرَقْنَا ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَ

Transliteration thumma aghraqnā l-ākharīna

English Then We drowned the others.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَغْرَقْنَاaghraqnāWe drowned
  3. ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَl-ākharīnathe others

Verse 67

إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration inna fī dhālika laāyatan wamā kāna aktharuhum mu'minīna

English Indeed in that is a sign, but most of them were not to be believers.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  4. لَـَٔايَةًۭ ۖlaāyatansurely (is) a Sign
  5. وَمَاwamābut not
  6. كَانَkānaare
  7. أَكْثَرُهُمaktharuhummost of them
  8. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 68

وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration wa-inna rabbaka lahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-raḥīmu

English And indeed, your Lord - He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. لَهُوَlahuwasurely He
  4. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  5. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 69

وَٱتْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ نَبَأَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ

Transliteration wa-ut'lu ʿalayhim naba-a ib'rāhīma

English And recite to them the news of Abraham,

  1. وَٱتْلُwa-ut'luAnd recite
  2. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
  3. نَبَأَnaba-a(the) news
  4. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīma(of) Ibrahim

Verse 70

إِذْ قَالَ لِأَبِيهِ وَقَوْمِهِۦ مَا تَعْبُدُونَ

Transliteration idh qāla li-abīhi waqawmihi mā taʿbudūna

English When he said to his father and his people, "What do you worship?"

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālahe said
  3. لِأَبِيهِli-abīhito his father
  4. وَقَوْمِهِۦwaqawmihiand his people
  5. مَاmāWhat
  6. تَعْبُدُونَtaʿbudūna(do) you worship

Verse 71

قَالُوا۟ نَعْبُدُ أَصْنَامًا فَنَظَلُّ لَهَا عَـٰكِفِينَ

Transliteration qālū naʿbudu aṣnāman fanaẓallu lahā ʿākifīna

English They said, "We worship idols and remain to them devoted."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. نَعْبُدُnaʿbuduWe worship
  3. أَصْنَامًۭاaṣnāmanidols
  4. فَنَظَلُّfanaẓalluso we will remain
  5. لَهَاlahāto them
  6. عَـٰكِفِينَʿākifīnadevoted

Verse 72

قَالَ هَلْ يَسْمَعُونَكُمْ إِذْ تَدْعُونَ

Transliteration qāla hal yasmaʿūnakum idh tadʿūna

English He said, "Do they hear you when you supplicate?

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. هَلْhalDo
  3. يَسْمَعُونَكُمْyasmaʿūnakumthey hear you
  4. إِذْidhwhen
  5. تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call

Verse 73

أَوْ يَنفَعُونَكُمْ أَوْ يَضُرُّونَ

Transliteration aw yanfaʿūnakum aw yaḍurrūna

English Or do they benefit you, or do they harm?"

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. يَنفَعُونَكُمْyanfaʿūnakum(do) they benefit you
  3. أَوْawor
  4. يَضُرُّونَyaḍurrūnathey harm (you)

Verse 74

قَالُوا۟ بَلْ وَجَدْنَآ ءَابَآءَنَا كَذَٰلِكَ يَفْعَلُونَ

Transliteration qālū bal wajadnā ābāanā kadhālika yafʿalūna

English They said, "But we found our fathers doing thus."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. بَلْbalNay
  3. وَجَدْنَآwajadnābut we found
  4. ءَابَآءَنَاābāanāour forefathers
  5. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikalike that
  6. يَفْعَلُونَyafʿalūnadoing

Verse 75

قَالَ أَفَرَءَيْتُم مَّا كُنتُمْ تَعْبُدُونَ

Transliteration qāla afara-aytum mā kuntum taʿbudūna

English He said, "Then do you see what you have been worshipping,

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. أَفَرَءَيْتُمafara-aytumDo you see
  3. مَّاmāwhat
  4. كُنتُمْkuntumyou have been
  5. تَعْبُدُونَtaʿbudūnaworshipping

Verse 76

أَنتُمْ وَءَابَآؤُكُمُ ٱلْأَقْدَمُونَ

Transliteration antum waābāukumu l-aqdamūna

English You and your ancient forefathers?

  1. أَنتُمْantumYou
  2. وَءَابَآؤُكُمُwaābāukumuand your forefathers
  3. ٱلْأَقْدَمُونَl-aqdamūnaand your forefathers

Verse 77

فَإِنَّهُمْ عَدُوٌّ لِّىٓ إِلَّا رَبَّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration fa-innahum ʿaduwwun lī illā rabba l-ʿālamīna

English Indeed, they are enemies to me, except the Lord of the worlds,

  1. فَإِنَّهُمْfa-innahumIndeed, they
  2. عَدُوٌّۭʿaduwwun(are) enemies
  3. لِّىٓlīto me
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. رَبَّrabba(the) Lord
  6. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 78

ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَنِى فَهُوَ يَهْدِينِ

Transliteration alladhī khalaqanī fahuwa yahdīni

English Who created me, and He [it is who] guides me.

  1. ٱلَّذِىalladhīThe One Who
  2. خَلَقَنِىkhalaqanīcreated me
  3. فَهُوَfahuwaand He
  4. يَهْدِينِyahdīniguides me

Verse 79

وَٱلَّذِى هُوَ يُطْعِمُنِى وَيَسْقِينِ

Transliteration wa-alladhī huwa yuṭ'ʿimunī wayasqīni

English And it is He who feeds me and gives me drink.

  1. وَٱلَّذِىwa-alladhīAnd the One Who
  2. هُوَhuwa[He]
  3. يُطْعِمُنِىyuṭ'ʿimunīgives me food
  4. وَيَسْقِينِwayasqīniand gives me drink

Verse 80

وَإِذَا مَرِضْتُ فَهُوَ يَشْفِينِ

Transliteration wa-idhā mariḍ'tu fahuwa yashfīni

English And when I am ill, it is He who cures me

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. مَرِضْتُmariḍ'tuI am ill
  3. فَهُوَfahuwathen He
  4. يَشْفِينِyashfīnicures me

Verse 81

وَٱلَّذِى يُمِيتُنِى ثُمَّ يُحْيِينِ

Transliteration wa-alladhī yumītunī thumma yuḥ'yīni

English And who will cause me to die and then bring me to life

  1. وَٱلَّذِىwa-alladhīAnd the One Who
  2. يُمِيتُنِىyumītunīwill cause me to die
  3. ثُمَّthummathen
  4. يُحْيِينِyuḥ'yīnihe will give me life

Verse 82

وَٱلَّذِىٓ أَطْمَعُ أَن يَغْفِرَ لِى خَطِيٓـَٔتِى يَوْمَ ٱلدِّينِ

Transliteration wa-alladhī aṭmaʿu an yaghfira lī khaṭīatī yawma l-dīni

English And who I aspire that He will forgive me my sin on the Day of Recompense."

  1. وَٱلَّذِىٓwa-alladhīAnd the One Who
  2. أَطْمَعُaṭmaʿuI hope
  3. أَنanthat
  4. يَغْفِرَyaghfiraHe will forgive
  5. لِىlīfor me
  6. خَطِيٓـَٔتِىkhaṭīatīmy faults
  7. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  8. ٱلدِّينِl-dīni(of) the Judgment

Verse 83

رَبِّ هَبْ لِى حُكْمًا وَأَلْحِقْنِى بِٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration rabbi hab lī ḥuk'man wa-alḥiq'nī bil-ṣāliḥīna

English [And he said], "My Lord, grant me authority and join me with the righteous.

  1. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  2. هَبْhabGrant
  3. لِىlī[for] me
  4. حُكْمًۭاḥuk'manwisdom
  5. وَأَلْحِقْنِىwa-alḥiq'nīand join me
  6. بِٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَbil-ṣāliḥīnawith the righteous

Verse 84

وَٱجْعَل لِّى لِسَانَ صِدْقٍ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَ

Transliteration wa-ij'ʿal lī lisāna ṣid'qin fī l-ākhirīna

English And grant me a mention [i.e., reputation] of honor among later generations.

  1. وَٱجْعَلwa-ij'ʿalAnd grant
  2. لِّىlī[for] me
  3. لِسَانَlisānaa mention
  4. صِدْقٍۢṣid'qin(of) honor
  5. فِىfīamong
  6. ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَl-ākhirīnathe later (generations)

Verse 85

وَٱجْعَلْنِى مِن وَرَثَةِ جَنَّةِ ٱلنَّعِيمِ

Transliteration wa-ij'ʿalnī min warathati jannati l-naʿīmi

English And place me among the inheritors of the Garden of Pleasure.

  1. وَٱجْعَلْنِىwa-ij'ʿalnīAnd make me
  2. مِنminof
  3. وَرَثَةِwarathati(the) inheritors
  4. جَنَّةِjannati(of) Garden(s)
  5. ٱلنَّعِيمِl-naʿīmi(of) Delight

Verse 86

وَٱغْفِرْ لِأَبِىٓ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ مِنَ ٱلضَّآلِّينَ

Transliteration wa-igh'fir li-abī innahu kāna mina l-ḍālīna

English And forgive my father. Indeed, he has been of those astray.

  1. وَٱغْفِرْwa-igh'firAnd forgive
  2. لِأَبِىٓli-abīmy father
  3. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  4. كَانَkānais
  5. مِنَminaof
  6. ٱلضَّآلِّينَl-ḍālīnathose astray

Verse 87

وَلَا تُخْزِنِى يَوْمَ يُبْعَثُونَ

Transliteration walā tukh'zinī yawma yub'ʿathūna

English And do not disgrace me on the Day they are [all] resurrected -

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تُخْزِنِىtukh'zinīdisgrace me
  3. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  4. يُبْعَثُونَyub'ʿathūnathey are resurrected

Verse 88

يَوْمَ لَا يَنفَعُ مَالٌ وَلَا بَنُونَ

Transliteration yawma lā yanfaʿu mālun walā banūna

English The Day when there will not benefit [anyone] wealth or children

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. لَاlānot
  3. يَنفَعُyanfaʿuwill benefit
  4. مَالٌۭmālunwealth
  5. وَلَاwalāand not
  6. بَنُونَbanūnasons

Verse 89

إِلَّا مَنْ أَتَى ٱللَّهَ بِقَلْبٍ سَلِيمٍ

Transliteration illā man atā l-laha biqalbin salīmin

English But only one who comes to Allāh with a sound heart."

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَنْman(he) who
  3. أَتَىatācomes
  4. ٱللَّهَl-laha(to) Allah
  5. بِقَلْبٍۢbiqalbinwith a heart
  6. سَلِيمٍۢsalīminsound

Verse 90

وَأُزْلِفَتِ ٱلْجَنَّةُ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ

Transliteration wa-uz'lifati l-janatu lil'muttaqīna

English And Paradise will be brought near [that Day] to the righteous.

  1. وَأُزْلِفَتِwa-uz'lifatiAnd (will be) brought near
  2. ٱلْجَنَّةُl-janatuthe Paradise
  3. لِلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīnafor the righteous

Verse 91

وَبُرِّزَتِ ٱلْجَحِيمُ لِلْغَاوِينَ

Transliteration waburrizati l-jaḥīmu lil'ghāwīna

English And Hellfire will be brought forth for the deviators,

  1. وَبُرِّزَتِwaburrizatiAnd (will be) made manifest
  2. ٱلْجَحِيمُl-jaḥīmuthe Hellfire
  3. لِلْغَاوِينَlil'ghāwīnato the deviators

Verse 92

وَقِيلَ لَهُمْ أَيْنَ مَا كُنتُمْ تَعْبُدُونَ

Transliteration waqīla lahum ayna mā kuntum taʿbudūna

English And it will be said to them, "Where are those you used to worship

  1. وَقِيلَwaqīlaAnd it will be said
  2. لَهُمْlahumto them
  3. أَيْنَaynaWhere
  4. مَاmā(is) that
  5. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used
  6. تَعْبُدُونَtaʿbudūna(to) worship

Verse 93

مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ هَلْ يَنصُرُونَكُمْ أَوْ يَنتَصِرُونَ

Transliteration min dūni l-lahi hal yanṣurūnakum aw yantaṣirūna

English Other than Allāh? Can they help you or help themselves?"

  1. مِنminBesides Allah
  2. دُونِdūniBesides Allah
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahiBesides Allah
  4. هَلْhalCan
  5. يَنصُرُونَكُمْyanṣurūnakumthey help you
  6. أَوْawor
  7. يَنتَصِرُونَyantaṣirūnahelp themselves

Verse 94

فَكُبْكِبُوا۟ فِيهَا هُمْ وَٱلْغَاوُۥنَ

Transliteration fakub'kibū fīhā hum wal-ghāwūna

English So they will be overturned into it [i.e., Hellfire], they and the deviators

  1. فَكُبْكِبُوا۟fakub'kibūThen they will be overturned
  2. فِيهَاfīhāinto it
  3. هُمْhumthey
  4. وَٱلْغَاوُۥنَwal-ghāwūnaand the deviators

Verse 95

وَجُنُودُ إِبْلِيسَ أَجْمَعُونَ

Transliteration wajunūdu ib'līsa ajmaʿūna

English And the soldiers of Iblees, all together.

  1. وَجُنُودُwajunūduAnd (the) hosts
  2. إِبْلِيسَib'līsa(of) Iblis
  3. أَجْمَعُونَajmaʿūnaall together

Verse 96

قَالُوا۟ وَهُمْ فِيهَا يَخْتَصِمُونَ

Transliteration qālū wahum fīhā yakhtaṣimūna

English They will say while they dispute therein,

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey (will) say
  2. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  3. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  4. يَخْتَصِمُونَyakhtaṣimūna(are) disputing

Verse 97

تَٱللَّهِ إِن كُنَّا لَفِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration tal-lahi in kunnā lafī ḍalālin mubīnin

English "By Allāh, we were indeed in manifest error

  1. تَٱللَّهِtal-lahiBy Allah
  2. إِنinindeed
  3. كُنَّاkunnāwe were
  4. لَفِىlafīsurely in
  5. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinerror
  6. مُّبِينٍmubīninclear

Verse 98

إِذْ نُسَوِّيكُم بِرَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration idh nusawwīkum birabbi l-ʿālamīna

English When we equated you with the Lord of the worlds.

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. نُسَوِّيكُمnusawwīkumwe equated you
  3. بِرَبِّbirabbiwith (the) Lord
  4. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 99

وَمَآ أَضَلَّنَآ إِلَّا ٱلْمُجْرِمُونَ

Transliteration wamā aḍallanā illā l-muj'rimūna

English And no one misguided us except the criminals.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَضَلَّنَآaḍallanāmisguided us
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. ٱلْمُجْرِمُونَl-muj'rimūnathe criminals

Verse 100

فَمَا لَنَا مِن شَـٰفِعِينَ

Transliteration famā lanā min shāfiʿīna

English So now we have no intercessors

  1. فَمَاfamāSo (now) not
  2. لَنَاlanāwe have
  3. مِنminany
  4. شَـٰفِعِينَshāfiʿīnaintercessors

Verse 101

وَلَا صَدِيقٍ حَمِيمٍ

Transliteration walā ṣadīqin ḥamīmin

English And not a devoted friend.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. صَدِيقٍṣadīqina friend
  3. حَمِيمٍۢḥamīminclose

Verse 102

فَلَوْ أَنَّ لَنَا كَرَّةً فَنَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration falaw anna lanā karratan fanakūna mina l-mu'minīna

English Then if we only had a return [to the world] and could be of the believers..."

  1. فَلَوْfalawThen if
  2. أَنَّannathat
  3. لَنَاlanāwe had
  4. كَرَّةًۭkarratana return
  5. فَنَكُونَfanakūnathen we could be
  6. مِنَminaof
  7. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnathe believers

Verse 103

إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration inna fī dhālika laāyatan wamā kāna aktharuhum mu'minīna

English Indeed in that is a sign, but most of them were not to be believers.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  4. لَـَٔايَةًۭ ۖlaāyatansurely is a Sign
  5. وَمَاwamābut not
  6. كَانَkānaare
  7. أَكْثَرُهُمaktharuhummost of them
  8. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 104

وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration wa-inna rabbaka lahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-raḥīmu

English And indeed, your Lord - He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. لَهُوَlahuwasurely He
  4. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  5. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 105

كَذَّبَتْ قَوْمُ نُوحٍ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration kadhabat qawmu nūḥin l-mur'salīna

English The people of Noah denied the messengers

  1. كَذَّبَتْkadhabatDenied
  2. قَوْمُqawmu(the) people
  3. نُوحٍnūḥin(of) Nuh
  4. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 106

إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ أَخُوهُمْ نُوحٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration idh qāla lahum akhūhum nūḥun alā tattaqūna

English When their brother Noah said to them, "Will you not fear Allāh?

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. لَهُمْlahumto them
  4. أَخُوهُمْakhūhumtheir brother
  5. نُوحٌnūḥunNuh
  6. أَلَاalāWill not
  7. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear (Allah)

Verse 107

إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ

Transliteration innī lakum rasūlun amīnun

English Indeed, I am to you a trustworthy messenger.

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  2. لَكُمْlakumto you
  3. رَسُولٌrasūluna Messenger
  4. أَمِينٌۭamīnuntrustworthy

Verse 108

فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration fa-ittaqū l-laha wa-aṭīʿūni

English So fear Allāh and obey me.

  1. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 109

وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wamā asalukum ʿalayhi min ajrin in ajriya illā ʿalā rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English And I do not ask you for it any payment. My payment is only from the Lord of the worlds.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask (of) you
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  4. مِنْminany
  5. أَجْرٍ ۖajrinpayment
  6. إِنْinNot
  7. أَجْرِىَajriya(is) my payment
  8. إِلَّاillābut
  9. عَلَىٰʿalāfrom
  10. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  11. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 110

فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration fa-ittaqū l-laha wa-aṭīʿūni

English So fear Allāh and obey me."

  1. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 111

۞ قَالُوٓا۟ أَنُؤْمِنُ لَكَ وَٱتَّبَعَكَ ٱلْأَرْذَلُونَ

Transliteration qālū anu'minu laka wa-ittabaʿaka l-ardhalūna

English They said, "Should we believe you while you are followed by the lowest [class of people]?"

  1. ۞ قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. أَنُؤْمِنُanu'minuShould we believe
  3. لَكَlakain you
  4. وَٱتَّبَعَكَwa-ittabaʿakawhile followed you
  5. ٱلْأَرْذَلُونَl-ardhalūnathe lowest

Verse 112

قَالَ وَمَا عِلْمِى بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration qāla wamā ʿil'mī bimā kānū yaʿmalūna

English He said, "And what is my knowledge of what they used to do?

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  3. عِلْمِىʿil'mī(do) I know
  4. بِمَاbimāof what
  5. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used
  6. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūna(to) do

Verse 113

إِنْ حِسَابُهُمْ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّى ۖ لَوْ تَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration in ḥisābuhum illā ʿalā rabbī law tashʿurūna

English Their account is only upon my Lord, if you [could] perceive.

  1. إِنْinVerily
  2. حِسَابُهُمْḥisābuhumtheir account
  3. إِلَّاillā(is) but
  4. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  5. رَبِّى ۖrabbīmy Lord
  6. لَوْlawif
  7. تَشْعُرُونَtashʿurūnayou perceive

Verse 114

وَمَآ أَنَا۠ بِطَارِدِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration wamā anā biṭāridi l-mu'minīna

English And I am not one to drive away the believers.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَنَا۠anāI am
  3. بِطَارِدِbiṭāridithe one to drive away
  4. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnathe believers

Verse 115

إِنْ أَنَا۠ إِلَّا نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration in anā illā nadhīrun mubīnun

English I am only a clear warner."

  1. إِنْinNot
  2. أَنَا۠anāI am
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
  5. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 116

قَالُوا۟ لَئِن لَّمْ تَنتَهِ يَـٰنُوحُ لَتَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمَرْجُومِينَ

Transliteration qālū la-in lam tantahi yānūḥu latakūnanna mina l-marjūmīna

English They said, "If you do not desist, O Noah, you will surely be of those who are stoned."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. لَئِنla-inIf
  3. لَّمْlamnot
  4. تَنتَهِtantahiyou desist
  5. يَـٰنُوحُyānūḥuO Nuh
  6. لَتَكُونَنَّlatakūnannaSurely you will be
  7. مِنَminaof
  8. ٱلْمَرْجُومِينَl-marjūmīnathose who are stoned

Verse 117

قَالَ رَبِّ إِنَّ قَوْمِى كَذَّبُونِ

Transliteration qāla rabbi inna qawmī kadhabūni

English He said, "My Lord, indeed my people have denied me.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  4. قَوْمِىqawmīmy people
  5. كَذَّبُونِkadhabūnihave denied me

Verse 118

فَٱفْتَحْ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَهُمْ فَتْحًا وَنَجِّنِى وَمَن مَّعِىَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration fa-if'taḥ baynī wabaynahum fatḥan wanajjinī waman maʿiya mina l-mu'minīna

English Then judge between me and them with decisive judgement and save me and those with me of the believers."

  1. فَٱفْتَحْfa-if'taḥSo judge
  2. بَيْنِىbaynībetween me
  3. وَبَيْنَهُمْwabaynahumand between them
  4. فَتْحًۭاfatḥan(with decisive) judgment
  5. وَنَجِّنِىwanajjinīand save me
  6. وَمَنwamanand who
  7. مَّعِىَmaʿiya(are) with me
  8. مِنَminaof
  9. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnathe believers

Verse 119

فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُ وَمَن مَّعَهُۥ فِى ٱلْفُلْكِ ٱلْمَشْحُونِ

Transliteration fa-anjaynāhu waman maʿahu fī l-ful'ki l-mashḥūni

English So We saved him and those with him in the laden ship.

  1. فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُfa-anjaynāhuSo We saved him
  2. وَمَنwamanand who
  3. مَّعَهُۥmaʿahu(were) with him
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْفُلْكِl-ful'kithe ship
  6. ٱلْمَشْحُونِl-mashḥūniladen

Verse 120

ثُمَّ أَغْرَقْنَا بَعْدُ ٱلْبَاقِينَ

Transliteration thumma aghraqnā baʿdu l-bāqīna

English Then We drowned thereafter the remaining ones.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَغْرَقْنَاaghraqnāWe drowned
  3. بَعْدُbaʿduthereafter
  4. ٱلْبَاقِينَl-bāqīnathe remaining ones

Verse 121

إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration inna fī dhālika laāyatan wamā kāna aktharuhum mu'minīna

English Indeed in that is a sign, but most of them were not to be believers.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  4. لَـَٔايَةًۭ ۖlaāyatansurely, (is) a sign
  5. وَمَاwamābut not
  6. كَانَkānaare
  7. أَكْثَرُهُمaktharuhummost of them
  8. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 122

وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration wa-inna rabbaka lahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-raḥīmu

English And indeed, your Lord - He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. لَهُوَlahuwasurely, He
  4. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  5. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 123

كَذَّبَتْ عَادٌ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration kadhabat ʿādun l-mur'salīna

English ʿAad denied the messengers

  1. كَذَّبَتْkadhabatDenied
  2. عَادٌʿādun(the people) of Aad
  3. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 124

إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ أَخُوهُمْ هُودٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration idh qāla lahum akhūhum hūdun alā tattaqūna

English When their brother Hūd said to them, "Will you not fear Allāh?

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. لَهُمْlahumto them
  4. أَخُوهُمْakhūhumtheir brother
  5. هُودٌhūdunHud
  6. أَلَاalāWill not
  7. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear (Allah)

Verse 125

إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ

Transliteration innī lakum rasūlun amīnun

English Indeed, I am to you a trustworthy messenger.

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  2. لَكُمْlakumto you
  3. رَسُولٌrasūluna Messenger
  4. أَمِينٌۭamīnuntrustworthy

Verse 126

فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration fa-ittaqū l-laha wa-aṭīʿūni

English So fear Allāh and obey me.

  1. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 127

وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wamā asalukum ʿalayhi min ajrin in ajriya illā ʿalā rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English And I do not ask you for it any payment. My payment is only from the Lord of the worlds.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask you
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  4. مِنْminany
  5. أَجْرٍ ۖajrinpayment
  6. إِنْinNot
  7. أَجْرِىَajriya(is) my payment
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. عَلَىٰʿalāfrom
  10. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  11. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 128

أَتَبْنُونَ بِكُلِّ رِيعٍ ءَايَةً تَعْبَثُونَ

Transliteration atabnūna bikulli rīʿin āyatan taʿbathūna

English Do you construct on every elevation a sign, amusing yourselves,

  1. أَتَبْنُونَatabnūnaDo you construct
  2. بِكُلِّbikullion every
  3. رِيعٍrīʿinelevation
  4. ءَايَةًۭāyatana sign
  5. تَعْبَثُونَtaʿbathūnaamusing yourselves

Verse 129

وَتَتَّخِذُونَ مَصَانِعَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَخْلُدُونَ

Transliteration watattakhidhūna maṣāniʿa laʿallakum takhludūna

English And take for yourselves constructions [i.e., palaces and fortresses] that you might abide eternally?

  1. وَتَتَّخِذُونَwatattakhidhūnaAnd take for yourselves
  2. مَصَانِعَmaṣāniʿastrongholds
  3. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumthat you may
  4. تَخْلُدُونَtakhludūnalive forever

Verse 130

وَإِذَا بَطَشْتُم بَطَشْتُمْ جَبَّارِينَ

Transliteration wa-idhā baṭashtum baṭashtum jabbārīna

English And when you strike, you strike as tyrants.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. بَطَشْتُمbaṭashtumyou seize
  3. بَطَشْتُمْbaṭashtumyou seize
  4. جَبَّارِينَjabbārīna(as) tyrants

Verse 131

فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration fa-ittaqū l-laha wa-aṭīʿūni

English So fear Allāh and obey me.

  1. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 132

وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَمَدَّكُم بِمَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration wa-ittaqū alladhī amaddakum bimā taʿlamūna

English And fear He who provided you with that which you know,

  1. وَٱتَّقُوا۟wa-ittaqūAnd fear
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīthe One Who
  3. أَمَدَّكُمamaddakumhas aided you
  4. بِمَاbimāwith what
  5. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou know

Verse 133

أَمَدَّكُم بِأَنْعَـٰمٍ وَبَنِينَ

Transliteration amaddakum bi-anʿāmin wabanīna

English Provided you with grazing livestock and children

  1. أَمَدَّكُمamaddakumHe has aided you
  2. بِأَنْعَـٰمٍۢbi-anʿāminwith cattle
  3. وَبَنِينَwabanīnaand children

Verse 134

وَجَنَّـٰتٍ وَعُيُونٍ

Transliteration wajannātin waʿuyūnin

English And gardens and springs.

  1. وَجَنَّـٰتٍۢwajannātinAnd gardens
  2. وَعُيُونٍwaʿuyūninand springs

Verse 135

إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration innī akhāfu ʿalaykum ʿadhāba yawmin ʿaẓīmin

English Indeed, I fear for you the punishment of a terrible day."

  1. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  2. أَخَافُakhāfu[I] fear
  3. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumfor you
  4. عَذَابَʿadhāba(the) punishment
  5. يَوْمٍyawmin(of) a Day
  6. عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīminGreat

Verse 136

قَالُوا۟ سَوَآءٌ عَلَيْنَآ أَوَعَظْتَ أَمْ لَمْ تَكُن مِّنَ ٱلْوَٰعِظِينَ

Transliteration qālū sawāon ʿalaynā awaʿaẓta am lam takun mina l-wāʿiẓīna

English They said, "It is all the same to us whether you advise or are not of the advisors.

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. سَوَآءٌsawāon(It is) same
  3. عَلَيْنَآʿalaynāto us
  4. أَوَعَظْتَawaʿaẓtawhether you advise
  5. أَمْamor
  6. لَمْlamnot
  7. تَكُنtakunyou are
  8. مِّنَminaof
  9. ٱلْوَٰعِظِينَl-wāʿiẓīnathe advisors

Verse 137

إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا خُلُقُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration in hādhā illā khuluqu l-awalīna

English This is not but the custom of the former peoples,

  1. إِنْinNot
  2. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. خُلُقُkhuluqu(the) custom
  5. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former (people)

Verse 138

وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمُعَذَّبِينَ

Transliteration wamā naḥnu bimuʿadhabīna

English And we are not to be punished."

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  3. بِمُعَذَّبِينَbimuʿadhabīna(are) the ones to be punished

Verse 139

فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَأَهْلَكْنَـٰهُمْ ۗ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration fakadhabūhu fa-ahlaknāhum inna fī dhālika laāyatan wamā kāna aktharuhum mu'minīna

English And they denied him, so We destroyed them. Indeed in that is a sign, but most of them were not to be believers.

  1. فَكَذَّبُوهُfakadhabūhuSo they denied him
  2. فَأَهْلَكْنَـٰهُمْ ۗfa-ahlaknāhumthen We destroyed them
  3. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  6. لَـَٔايَةًۭ ۖlaāyatansurely, is a sign
  7. وَمَاwamābut not
  8. كَانَkānaare
  9. أَكْثَرُهُمaktharuhummost of them
  10. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 140

وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration wa-inna rabbaka lahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-raḥīmu

English And indeed, your Lord - He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. لَهُوَlahuwasurely, He
  4. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  5. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 141

كَذَّبَتْ ثَمُودُ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration kadhabat thamūdu l-mur'salīna

English Thamūd denied the messengers

  1. كَذَّبَتْkadhabatDenied
  2. ثَمُودُthamūduThamud
  3. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 142

إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ أَخُوهُمْ صَـٰلِحٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration idh qāla lahum akhūhum ṣāliḥun alā tattaqūna

English When their brother Ṣāliḥ said to them, "Will you not fear Allāh?

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. لَهُمْlahumto them
  4. أَخُوهُمْakhūhumtheir brother
  5. صَـٰلِحٌṣāliḥunSalih
  6. أَلَاalāWill not
  7. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear (Allah)

Verse 143

إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ

Transliteration innī lakum rasūlun amīnun

English Indeed, I am to you a trustworthy messenger.

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  2. لَكُمْlakumto you
  3. رَسُولٌrasūluna Messenger
  4. أَمِينٌۭamīnuntrustworthy

Verse 144

فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration fa-ittaqū l-laha wa-aṭīʿūni

English So fear Allāh and obey me.

  1. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 145

وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wamā asalukum ʿalayhi min ajrin in ajriya illā ʿalā rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English And I do not ask you for it any payment. My payment is only from the Lord of the worlds.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask you
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  4. مِنْminany
  5. أَجْرٍ ۖajrinpayment
  6. إِنْinNot
  7. أَجْرِىَajriya(is) my payment
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. عَلَىٰʿalāfrom
  10. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  11. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 146

أَتُتْرَكُونَ فِى مَا هَـٰهُنَآ ءَامِنِينَ

Transliteration atut'rakūna fī mā hāhunā āminīna

English Will you be left in what is here, secure [from death],

  1. أَتُتْرَكُونَatut'rakūnaWill you be left
  2. فِىfīin
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. هَـٰهُنَآhāhunā(is) here
  5. ءَامِنِينَāminīnasecure

Verse 147

فِى جَنَّـٰتٍ وَعُيُونٍ

Transliteration fī jannātin waʿuyūnin

English Within gardens and springs

  1. فِىfīIn
  2. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātingardens
  3. وَعُيُونٍۢwaʿuyūninand springs

Verse 148

وَزُرُوعٍ وَنَخْلٍ طَلْعُهَا هَضِيمٌ

Transliteration wazurūʿin wanakhlin ṭalʿuhā haḍīmun

English And fields of crops and palm trees with softened fruit?

  1. وَزُرُوعٍۢwazurūʿinAnd cornfields
  2. وَنَخْلٍۢwanakhlinand date-palms
  3. طَلْعُهَاṭalʿuhāits spadix
  4. هَضِيمٌۭhaḍīmunsoft

Verse 149

وَتَنْحِتُونَ مِنَ ٱلْجِبَالِ بُيُوتًا فَـٰرِهِينَ

Transliteration watanḥitūna mina l-jibāli buyūtan fārihīna

English And you carve out of the mountains, homes, with skill.

  1. وَتَنْحِتُونَwatanḥitūnaAnd you carve
  2. مِنَminaof
  3. ٱلْجِبَالِl-jibālithe mountains
  4. بُيُوتًۭاbuyūtanhouses
  5. فَـٰرِهِينَfārihīnaskillfully

Verse 150

فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration fa-ittaqū l-laha wa-aṭīʿūni

English So fear Allāh and obey me.

  1. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 151

وَلَا تُطِيعُوٓا۟ أَمْرَ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ

Transliteration walā tuṭīʿū amra l-mus'rifīna

English And do not obey the order of the transgressors,

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تُطِيعُوٓا۟tuṭīʿūobey
  3. أَمْرَamra(the) command
  4. ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَl-mus'rifīna(of) the transgressors

Verse 152

ٱلَّذِينَ يُفْسِدُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا يُصْلِحُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna yuf'sidūna fī l-arḍi walā yuṣ'liḥūna

English Who cause corruption in the land and do not amend."

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. يُفْسِدُونَyuf'sidūnaspread corruption
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  5. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  6. يُصْلِحُونَyuṣ'liḥūnareform

Verse 153

قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أَنتَ مِنَ ٱلْمُسَحَّرِينَ

Transliteration qālū innamā anta mina l-musaḥarīna

English They said, "You are only of those affected by magic.

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  3. أَنتَantayou
  4. مِنَmina(are) of
  5. ٱلْمُسَحَّرِينَl-musaḥarīnathose bewitched

Verse 154

مَآ أَنتَ إِلَّا بَشَرٌ مِّثْلُنَا فَأْتِ بِـَٔايَةٍ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration mā anta illā basharun mith'lunā fati biāyatin in kunta mina l-ṣādiqīna

English You are but a man like ourselves, so bring a sign, if you should be of the truthful."

  1. مَآmāNot
  2. أَنتَantayou
  3. إِلَّاillā(are) except
  4. بَشَرٌۭbasharuna man
  5. مِّثْلُنَاmith'lunālike us
  6. فَأْتِfatiso bring
  7. بِـَٔايَةٍbiāyatina sign
  8. إِنinif
  9. كُنتَkuntayou
  10. مِنَmina(are) of
  11. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 155

قَالَ هَـٰذِهِۦ نَاقَةٌ لَّهَا شِرْبٌ وَلَكُمْ شِرْبُ يَوْمٍ مَّعْلُومٍ

Transliteration qāla hādhihi nāqatun lahā shir'bun walakum shir'bu yawmin maʿlūmin

English He said, "This is a she-camel. For her is a [time of] drink, and for you is a [time of] drink, [each] on a known day.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihiThis
  3. نَاقَةٌۭnāqatun(is) a she-camel
  4. لَّهَاlahāFor her
  5. شِرْبٌۭshir'bun(is a share of) drink
  6. وَلَكُمْwalakumand for you
  7. شِرْبُshir'bu(is a share of) drink
  8. يَوْمٍۢyawmin(on) a day
  9. مَّعْلُومٍۢmaʿlūminknown

Verse 156

وَلَا تَمَسُّوهَا بِسُوٓءٍ فَيَأْخُذَكُمْ عَذَابُ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration walā tamassūhā bisūin fayakhudhakum ʿadhābu yawmin ʿaẓīmin

English And do not touch her with harm, lest you be seized by the punishment of a terrible day."

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَمَسُّوهَاtamassūhātouch her
  3. بِسُوٓءٍۢbisūinwith harm
  4. فَيَأْخُذَكُمْfayakhudhakumlest seize you
  5. عَذَابُʿadhābu(the) punishment
  6. يَوْمٍyawmin(of) a Day
  7. عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīminGreat

Verse 157

فَعَقَرُوهَا فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ نَـٰدِمِينَ

Transliteration faʿaqarūhā fa-aṣbaḥū nādimīna

English But they hamstrung her and so became regretful.

  1. فَعَقَرُوهَاfaʿaqarūhāBut they hamstrung her
  2. فَأَصْبَحُوا۟fa-aṣbaḥūthen they became
  3. نَـٰدِمِينَnādimīnaregretful

Verse 158

فَأَخَذَهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ ۗ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration fa-akhadhahumu l-ʿadhābu inna fī dhālika laāyatan wamā kāna aktharuhum mu'minīna

English And the punishment seized them. Indeed in that is a sign, but most of them were not to be believers.

  1. فَأَخَذَهُمُfa-akhadhahumuSo seized them
  2. ٱلْعَذَابُ ۗl-ʿadhābuthe punishment
  3. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  6. لَـَٔايَةًۭ ۖlaāyatansurely is a sign
  7. وَمَاwamābut not
  8. كَانَkānaare
  9. أَكْثَرُهُمaktharuhummost of them
  10. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 159

وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration wa-inna rabbaka lahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-raḥīmu

English And indeed, your Lord - He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. لَهُوَlahuwasurely He
  4. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  5. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 160

كَذَّبَتْ قَوْمُ لُوطٍ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration kadhabat qawmu lūṭin l-mur'salīna

English The people of Lot denied the messengers

  1. كَذَّبَتْkadhabatDenied
  2. قَوْمُqawmu(the) people
  3. لُوطٍlūṭin(of) Lut
  4. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 161

إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ أَخُوهُمْ لُوطٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration idh qāla lahum akhūhum lūṭun alā tattaqūna

English When their brother Lot said to them, "Will you not fear Allāh?

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. لَهُمْlahumto them
  4. أَخُوهُمْakhūhumtheir brother
  5. لُوطٌlūṭunLut
  6. أَلَاalāWill not
  7. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear (Allah)

Verse 162

إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ

Transliteration innī lakum rasūlun amīnun

English Indeed, I am to you a trustworthy messenger.

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  2. لَكُمْlakumto you
  3. رَسُولٌrasūluna Messenger
  4. أَمِينٌۭamīnuntrustworthy

Verse 163

فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration fa-ittaqū l-laha wa-aṭīʿūni

English So fear Allāh and obey me.

  1. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 164

وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wamā asalukum ʿalayhi min ajrin in ajriya illā ʿalā rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English And I do not ask you for it any payment. My payment is only from the Lord of the worlds.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask you
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  4. مِنْminany
  5. أَجْرٍ ۖajrinpayment
  6. إِنْinNot
  7. أَجْرِىَajriya(is) my payment
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. عَلَىٰʿalāfrom
  10. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  11. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 165

أَتَأْتُونَ ٱلذُّكْرَانَ مِنَ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration atatūna l-dhuk'rāna mina l-ʿālamīna

English Do you approach males among the worlds

  1. أَتَأْتُونَatatūnaDo you approach
  2. ٱلذُّكْرَانَl-dhuk'rānathe males
  3. مِنَminaamong
  4. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds

Verse 166

وَتَذَرُونَ مَا خَلَقَ لَكُمْ رَبُّكُم مِّنْ أَزْوَٰجِكُم ۚ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌ عَادُونَ

Transliteration watadharūna mā khalaqa lakum rabbukum min azwājikum bal antum qawmun ʿādūna

English And leave what your Lord has created for you as mates? But you are a people transgressing."

  1. وَتَذَرُونَwatadharūnaAnd you leave
  2. مَاmāwhat
  3. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  4. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  5. رَبُّكُمrabbukumyour Lord
  6. مِّنْminof
  7. أَزْوَٰجِكُم ۚazwājikumyour mates
  8. بَلْbalNay
  9. أَنتُمْantumyou
  10. قَوْمٌqawmun(are) a people
  11. عَادُونَʿādūnatransgressing

Verse 167

قَالُوا۟ لَئِن لَّمْ تَنتَهِ يَـٰلُوطُ لَتَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُخْرَجِينَ

Transliteration qālū la-in lam tantahi yālūṭu latakūnanna mina l-mukh'rajīna

English They said, "If you do not desist, O Lot, you will surely be of those evicted."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. لَئِنla-inIf
  3. لَّمْlamnot
  4. تَنتَهِtantahiyou desist
  5. يَـٰلُوطُyālūṭuO Lut
  6. لَتَكُونَنَّlatakūnannaSurely, you will be
  7. مِنَminaof
  8. ٱلْمُخْرَجِينَl-mukh'rajīnathe ones driven out

Verse 168

قَالَ إِنِّى لِعَمَلِكُم مِّنَ ٱلْقَالِينَ

Transliteration qāla innī liʿamalikum mina l-qālīna

English He said, "Indeed, I am, toward your deed, of those who detest [it].

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  3. لِعَمَلِكُمliʿamalikum(of) your deed
  4. مِّنَminaof
  5. ٱلْقَالِينَl-qālīnathose who detest

Verse 169

رَبِّ نَجِّنِى وَأَهْلِى مِمَّا يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration rabbi najjinī wa-ahlī mimmā yaʿmalūna

English My Lord, save me and my family from [the consequence of] what they do."

  1. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  2. نَجِّنِىnajjinīSave me
  3. وَأَهْلِىwa-ahlīand my family
  4. مِمَّاmimmāfrom what
  5. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnathey do

Verse 170

فَنَجَّيْنَـٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration fanajjaynāhu wa-ahlahu ajmaʿīna

English So We saved him and his family, all,

  1. فَنَجَّيْنَـٰهُfanajjaynāhuSo We saved him
  2. وَأَهْلَهُۥٓwa-ahlahuand his family
  3. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 171

إِلَّا عَجُوزًا فِى ٱلْغَـٰبِرِينَ

Transliteration illā ʿajūzan fī l-ghābirīna

English Except an old woman among those who remained behind.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. عَجُوزًۭاʿajūzanan old woman
  3. فِىfī(was) among
  4. ٱلْغَـٰبِرِينَl-ghābirīnathose who remained behind

Verse 172

ثُمَّ دَمَّرْنَا ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَ

Transliteration thumma dammarnā l-ākharīna

English Then We destroyed the others.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. دَمَّرْنَاdammarnāWe destroyed
  3. ٱلْـَٔاخَرِينَl-ākharīnathe others

Verse 173

وَأَمْطَرْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّطَرًا ۖ فَسَآءَ مَطَرُ ٱلْمُنذَرِينَ

Transliteration wa-amṭarnā ʿalayhim maṭaran fasāa maṭaru l-mundharīna

English And We rained upon them a rain [of stones], and evil was the rain of those who were warned.

  1. وَأَمْطَرْنَاwa-amṭarnāAnd We rained
  2. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimupon them
  3. مَّطَرًۭا ۖmaṭarana rain
  4. فَسَآءَfasāaand evil was
  5. مَطَرُmaṭaru(was) the rain
  6. ٱلْمُنذَرِينَl-mundharīna(on) those who were warned

Verse 174

إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration inna fī dhālika laāyatan wamā kāna aktharuhum mu'minīna

English Indeed in that is a sign, but most of them were not to be believers.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  4. لَـَٔايَةًۭ ۖlaāyatansurely is a sign
  5. وَمَاwamābut not
  6. كَانَkānaare
  7. أَكْثَرُهُمaktharuhummost of them
  8. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 175

وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration wa-inna rabbaka lahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-raḥīmu

English And indeed, your Lord - He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. لَهُوَlahuwasurely, He
  4. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  5. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 176

كَذَّبَ أَصْحَـٰبُ لْـَٔيْكَةِ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ

Transliteration kadhaba aṣḥābu al'aykati l-mur'salīna

English The companions of the thicket [i.e., the people of Madyan] denied the messengers

  1. كَذَّبَkadhabaDenied
  2. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(the) companions
  3. لْـَٔيْكَةِal'aykati(of the) Wood
  4. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers

Verse 177

إِذْ قَالَ لَهُمْ شُعَيْبٌ أَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration idh qāla lahum shuʿaybun alā tattaqūna

English When Shuʿayb said to them, "Will you not fear Allāh?

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. لَهُمْlahumto them
  4. شُعَيْبٌshuʿaybunShuaib
  5. أَلَاalāWill not
  6. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear (Allah)

Verse 178

إِنِّى لَكُمْ رَسُولٌ أَمِينٌ

Transliteration innī lakum rasūlun amīnun

English Indeed, I am to you a trustworthy messenger.

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  2. لَكُمْlakumto you
  3. رَسُولٌrasūluna Messenger
  4. أَمِينٌۭamīnuntrustworthy

Verse 179

فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration fa-ittaqū l-laha wa-aṭīʿūni

English So fear Allāh and obey me.

  1. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  2. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  3. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 180

وَمَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ أَجْرٍ ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَىٰ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wamā asalukum ʿalayhi min ajrin in ajriya illā ʿalā rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English And I do not ask you for it any payment. My payment is only from the Lord of the worlds.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask (of) you
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  4. مِنْminany
  5. أَجْرٍ ۖajrinpayment
  6. إِنْinNot
  7. أَجْرِىَajriya(is) my payment
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. عَلَىٰʿalāfrom
  10. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  11. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 181

۞ أَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَلَا تَكُونُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلْمُخْسِرِينَ

Transliteration awfū l-kayla walā takūnū mina l-mukh'sirīna

English Give full measure and do not be of those who cause loss.

  1. ۞ أَوْفُوا۟awfūGive full
  2. ٱلْكَيْلَl-kaylameasure
  3. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  4. تَكُونُوا۟takūnūbe
  5. مِنَminaof
  6. ٱلْمُخْسِرِينَl-mukh'sirīnathose who cause loss

Verse 182

وَزِنُوا۟ بِٱلْقِسْطَاسِ ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمِ

Transliteration wazinū bil-qis'ṭāsi l-mus'taqīmi

English And weigh with an even [i.e., honest] balance.

  1. وَزِنُوا۟wazinūAnd weigh
  2. بِٱلْقِسْطَاسِbil-qis'ṭāsiwith a balance
  3. ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمِl-mus'taqīmi[the] even

Verse 183

وَلَا تَبْخَسُوا۟ ٱلنَّاسَ أَشْيَآءَهُمْ وَلَا تَعْثَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُفْسِدِينَ

Transliteration walā tabkhasū l-nāsa ashyāahum walā taʿthaw fī l-arḍi muf'sidīna

English And do not deprive people of their due and do not commit abuse on earth, spreading corruption.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَبْخَسُوا۟tabkhasūdeprive
  3. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsapeople
  4. أَشْيَآءَهُمْashyāahum(of) their things
  5. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  6. تَعْثَوْا۟taʿthawcommit evil
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  9. مُفْسِدِينَmuf'sidīnaspreading corruption

Verse 184

وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُمْ وَٱلْجِبِلَّةَ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration wa-ittaqū alladhī khalaqakum wal-jibilata l-awalīna

English And fear He who created you and the former creation."

  1. وَٱتَّقُوا۟wa-ittaqūAnd fear
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  3. خَلَقَكُمْkhalaqakumcreated you
  4. وَٱلْجِبِلَّةَwal-jibilataand the generations
  5. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīnathe former

Verse 185

قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أَنتَ مِنَ ٱلْمُسَحَّرِينَ

Transliteration qālū innamā anta mina l-musaḥarīna

English They said, "You are only of those affected by magic.

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  3. أَنتَantayou
  4. مِنَmina(are) of
  5. ٱلْمُسَحَّرِينَl-musaḥarīnathose bewitched

Verse 186

وَمَآ أَنتَ إِلَّا بَشَرٌ مِّثْلُنَا وَإِن نَّظُنُّكَ لَمِنَ ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَ

Transliteration wamā anta illā basharun mith'lunā wa-in naẓunnuka lamina l-kādhibīna

English You are but a man like ourselves, and indeed, we think you are among the liars.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَنتَantayou
  3. إِلَّاillā(are) except
  4. بَشَرٌۭbasharuna man
  5. مِّثْلُنَاmith'lunālike us
  6. وَإِنwa-inand indeed
  7. نَّظُنُّكَnaẓunnukawe think you
  8. لَمِنَlaminasurely (are) of
  9. ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَl-kādhibīnathe liars

Verse 187

فَأَسْقِطْ عَلَيْنَا كِسَفًا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration fa-asqiṭ ʿalaynā kisafan mina l-samāi in kunta mina l-ṣādiqīna

English So cause to fall upon us fragments of the sky, if you should be of the truthful."

  1. فَأَسْقِطْfa-asqiṭThen cause to fall
  2. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon us
  3. كِسَفًۭاkisafanfragments
  4. مِّنَminaof
  5. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  6. إِنinif
  7. كُنتَkuntayou are
  8. مِنَminaof
  9. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 188

قَالَ رَبِّىٓ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration qāla rabbī aʿlamu bimā taʿmalūna

English He said, "My Lord is most knowing of what you do."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّىٓrabbīMy Lord
  3. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknows best
  4. بِمَاbimāof what
  5. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou do

Verse 189

فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَأَخَذَهُمْ عَذَابُ يَوْمِ ٱلظُّلَّةِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration fakadhabūhu fa-akhadhahum ʿadhābu yawmi l-ẓulati innahu kāna ʿadhāba yawmin ʿaẓīmin

English And they denied him, so the punishment of the day of the black cloud seized them. Indeed, it was the punishment of a terrible day.

  1. فَكَذَّبُوهُfakadhabūhuBut they denied him
  2. فَأَخَذَهُمْfa-akhadhahumso seized them
  3. عَذَابُʿadhābu(the) punishment
  4. يَوْمِyawmi(of the) day
  5. ٱلظُّلَّةِ ۚl-ẓulati(of) the shadow
  6. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, it
  7. كَانَkānawas
  8. عَذَابَʿadhāba(the) punishment
  9. يَوْمٍyawmin(of) a Day
  10. عَظِيمٍʿaẓīminGreat

Verse 190

إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً ۖ وَمَا كَانَ أَكْثَرُهُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration inna fī dhālika laāyatan wamā kāna aktharuhum mu'minīna

English Indeed in that is a sign, but most of them were not to be believers.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  4. لَـَٔايَةًۭ ۖlaāyatansurely, is a sign
  5. وَمَاwamābut not
  6. كَانَkānaare
  7. أَكْثَرُهُمaktharuhummost of them
  8. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 191

وَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلرَّحِيمُ

Transliteration wa-inna rabbaka lahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-raḥīmu

English And indeed, your Lord - He is the Exalted in Might, the Merciful.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. لَهُوَlahuwasurely, He
  4. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  5. ٱلرَّحِيمُl-raḥīmuthe Most Merciful

Verse 192

وَإِنَّهُۥ لَتَنزِيلُ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wa-innahu latanzīlu rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English And indeed, it [i.e., the Qur’ān] is the revelation of the Lord of the worlds.

  1. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuAnd indeed, it
  2. لَتَنزِيلُlatanzīlusurely, is a Revelation
  3. رَبِّrabbi(of the) Lord
  4. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 193

نَزَلَ بِهِ ٱلرُّوحُ ٱلْأَمِينُ

Transliteration nazala bihi l-rūḥu l-amīnu

English The Trustworthy Spirit [i.e., Gabriel] has brought it down

  1. نَزَلَnazalaHas brought it down
  2. بِهِbihiHas brought it down
  3. ٱلرُّوحُl-rūḥuthe Spirit
  4. ٱلْأَمِينُl-amīnu[the] Trustworthy

Verse 194

عَلَىٰ قَلْبِكَ لِتَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُنذِرِينَ

Transliteration ʿalā qalbika litakūna mina l-mundhirīna

English Upon your heart, [O Muḥammad] - that you may be of the warners -

  1. عَلَىٰʿalāUpon
  2. قَلْبِكَqalbikayour heart
  3. لِتَكُونَlitakūnathat you may be
  4. مِنَminaof
  5. ٱلْمُنذِرِينَl-mundhirīnathe warners

Verse 195

بِلِسَانٍ عَرَبِىٍّ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration bilisānin ʿarabiyyin mubīnin

English In a clear Arabic language.

  1. بِلِسَانٍbilisāninIn language
  2. عَرَبِىٍّۢʿarabiyyinArabic
  3. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 196

وَإِنَّهُۥ لَفِى زُبُرِ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration wa-innahu lafī zuburi l-awalīna

English And indeed, it is [mentioned] in the scriptures of former peoples.

  1. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuAnd indeed, it
  2. لَفِىlafīsurely, (is) in
  3. زُبُرِzuburi(the) Scriptures
  4. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former (people)

Verse 197

أَوَلَمْ يَكُن لَّهُمْ ءَايَةً أَن يَعْلَمَهُۥ عُلَمَـٰٓؤُا۟ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ

Transliteration awalam yakun lahum āyatan an yaʿlamahu ʿulamāu banī is'rāīla

English And has it not been a sign to them that it is recognized by the scholars of the Children of Israel?

  1. أَوَلَمْawalamIs it not
  2. يَكُنyakunIs it not
  3. لَّهُمْlahumto them
  4. ءَايَةًāyatana sign
  5. أَنanthat
  6. يَعْلَمَهُۥyaʿlamahuknow it
  7. عُلَمَـٰٓؤُا۟ʿulamāu(the) scholars
  8. بَنِىٓbanī(of the) Children
  9. إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel

Verse 198

وَلَوْ نَزَّلْنَـٰهُ عَلَىٰ بَعْضِ ٱلْأَعْجَمِينَ

Transliteration walaw nazzalnāhu ʿalā baʿḍi l-aʿjamīna

English And even if We had revealed it to one among the foreigners

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. نَزَّلْنَـٰهُnazzalnāhuWe (had) revealed it
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  4. بَعْضِbaʿḍiany
  5. ٱلْأَعْجَمِينَl-aʿjamīna(of) the non-Arabs

Verse 199

فَقَرَأَهُۥ عَلَيْهِم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ مُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration faqara-ahu ʿalayhim mā kānū bihi mu'minīna

English And he had recited it to them [perfectly], they would [still] not have been believers in it.

  1. فَقَرَأَهُۥfaqara-ahuAnd he (had) recited it
  2. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimto them
  3. مَّاmānot
  4. كَانُوا۟kānūthey would
  5. بِهِۦbihiin it
  6. مُؤْمِنِينَmu'minīna(be) believers

Verse 200

كَذَٰلِكَ سَلَكْنَـٰهُ فِى قُلُوبِ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration kadhālika salaknāhu fī qulūbi l-muj'rimīna

English Thus have We inserted it [i.e., disbelief] into the hearts of the criminals.

  1. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  2. سَلَكْنَـٰهُsalaknāhuWe have inserted it
  3. فِىfīinto
  4. قُلُوبِqulūbi(the) hearts
  5. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīna(of) the criminals

Verse 201

لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِهِۦ حَتَّىٰ يَرَوُا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ ٱلْأَلِيمَ

Transliteration lā yu'minūna bihi ḥattā yarawū l-ʿadhāba l-alīma

English They will not believe in it until they see the painful punishment.

  1. لَاlāNot
  2. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnathey will believe
  3. بِهِۦbihiin it
  4. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  5. يَرَوُا۟yarawūthey see
  6. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  7. ٱلْأَلِيمَl-alīma[the] painful

Verse 202

فَيَأْتِيَهُم بَغْتَةً وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration fayatiyahum baghtatan wahum lā yashʿurūna

English And it will come to them suddenly while they perceive [it] not.

  1. فَيَأْتِيَهُمfayatiyahumAnd it will come to them
  2. بَغْتَةًۭbaghtatansuddenly
  3. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  4. لَاlā(do) not
  5. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnaperceive

Verse 203

فَيَقُولُوا۟ هَلْ نَحْنُ مُنظَرُونَ

Transliteration fayaqūlū hal naḥnu munẓarūna

English And they will say, "May we be reprieved?"

  1. فَيَقُولُوا۟fayaqūlūThen they will say
  2. هَلْhalAre
  3. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  4. مُنظَرُونَmunẓarūna(to be) reprieved

Verse 204

أَفَبِعَذَابِنَا يَسْتَعْجِلُونَ

Transliteration afabiʿadhābinā yastaʿjilūna

English So for Our punishment are they impatient?

  1. أَفَبِعَذَابِنَاafabiʿadhābināSo is it for Our punishment
  2. يَسْتَعْجِلُونَyastaʿjilūnathey wish to hasten

Verse 205

أَفَرَءَيْتَ إِن مَّتَّعْنَـٰهُمْ سِنِينَ

Transliteration afara-ayta in mattaʿnāhum sinīna

English Then have you considered if We gave them enjoyment for years

  1. أَفَرَءَيْتَafara-aytaThen have you seen
  2. إِنinif
  3. مَّتَّعْنَـٰهُمْmattaʿnāhumWe let them enjoy
  4. سِنِينَsinīna(for) years

Verse 206

ثُمَّ جَآءَهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يُوعَدُونَ

Transliteration thumma jāahum mā kānū yūʿadūna

English And then there came to them that which they were promised?

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. جَآءَهُمjāahumcomes to them
  3. مَّاmāwhat
  4. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  5. يُوعَدُونَyūʿadūnapromised

Verse 207

مَآ أَغْنَىٰ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يُمَتَّعُونَ

Transliteration mā aghnā ʿanhum mā kānū yumattaʿūna

English They would not be availed by the enjoyment with which they were provided.

  1. مَآmāNot
  2. أَغْنَىٰaghnā(will) avail
  3. عَنْهُمʿanhumthem
  4. مَّاmāwhat
  5. كَانُوا۟kānūenjoyment they were given
  6. يُمَتَّعُونَyumattaʿūnaenjoyment they were given

Verse 208

وَمَآ أَهْلَكْنَا مِن قَرْيَةٍ إِلَّا لَهَا مُنذِرُونَ

Transliteration wamā ahlaknā min qaryatin illā lahā mundhirūna

English And We did not destroy any city except that it had warners

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَهْلَكْنَاahlaknāWe destroyed
  3. مِنminany
  4. قَرْيَةٍqaryatintown
  5. إِلَّاillābut
  6. لَهَاlahāit had
  7. مُنذِرُونَmundhirūnawarners

Verse 209

ذِكْرَىٰ وَمَا كُنَّا ظَـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration dhik'rā wamā kunnā ẓālimīna

English As a reminder; and never have We been unjust.

  1. ذِكْرَىٰdhik'rā(To) remind
  2. وَمَاwamāand not
  3. كُنَّاkunnāWe are
  4. ظَـٰلِمِينَẓālimīnaunjust

Verse 210

وَمَا تَنَزَّلَتْ بِهِ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينُ

Transliteration wamā tanazzalat bihi l-shayāṭīnu

English And the devils have not brought it [i.e., the revelation] down.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. تَنَزَّلَتْtanazzalathave brought it down
  3. بِهِbihihave brought it down
  4. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينُl-shayāṭīnuthe devils

Verse 211

وَمَا يَنۢبَغِى لَهُمْ وَمَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ

Transliteration wamā yanbaghī lahum wamā yastaṭīʿūna

English It is not allowable for them, nor would they be able.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. يَنۢبَغِىyanbaghī(it) suits
  3. لَهُمْlahum[for] them
  4. وَمَاwamāand not
  5. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey are able

Verse 212

إِنَّهُمْ عَنِ ٱلسَّمْعِ لَمَعْزُولُونَ

Transliteration innahum ʿani l-samʿi lamaʿzūlūna

English Indeed they, from [its] hearing, are removed.

  1. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  2. عَنِʿanifrom
  3. ٱلسَّمْعِl-samʿithe hearing
  4. لَمَعْزُولُونَlamaʿzūlūna(are) surely banished

Verse 213

فَلَا تَدْعُ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَـٰهًا ءَاخَرَ فَتَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُعَذَّبِينَ

Transliteration falā tadʿu maʿa l-lahi ilāhan ākhara fatakūna mina l-muʿadhabīna

English So do not invoke with Allāh another deity and [thus] be among the punished.

  1. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  2. تَدْعُtadʿuinvoke
  3. مَعَmaʿawith
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. إِلَـٰهًاilāhangod
  6. ءَاخَرَākharaanother
  7. فَتَكُونَfatakūnalest you be
  8. مِنَminaof
  9. ٱلْمُعَذَّبِينَl-muʿadhabīnathose punished

Verse 214

وَأَنذِرْ عَشِيرَتَكَ ٱلْأَقْرَبِينَ

Transliteration wa-andhir ʿashīrataka l-aqrabīna

English And warn, [O Muḥammad], your closest kindred.

  1. وَأَنذِرْwa-andhirAnd warn
  2. عَشِيرَتَكَʿashīratakayour kindred
  3. ٱلْأَقْرَبِينَl-aqrabīna[the] closest

Verse 215

وَٱخْفِضْ جَنَاحَكَ لِمَنِ ٱتَّبَعَكَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration wa-ikh'fiḍ janāḥaka limani ittabaʿaka mina l-mu'minīna

English And lower your wing [i.e., show kindness] to those who follow you of the believers.

  1. وَٱخْفِضْwa-ikh'fiḍAnd lower
  2. جَنَاحَكَjanāḥakayour wing
  3. لِمَنِlimanito (those) who
  4. ٱتَّبَعَكَittabaʿakafollow you
  5. مِنَminaof
  6. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnathe believers

Verse 216

فَإِنْ عَصَوْكَ فَقُلْ إِنِّى بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration fa-in ʿaṣawka faqul innī barīon mimmā taʿmalūna

English And if they disobey you, then say, "Indeed, I am disassociated from what you are doing."

  1. فَإِنْfa-inThen if
  2. عَصَوْكَʿaṣawkathey disobey you
  3. فَقُلْfaqulthen say
  4. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  5. بَرِىٓءٌۭbarīoninnocent
  6. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  7. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou do

Verse 217

وَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration watawakkal ʿalā l-ʿazīzi l-raḥīmi

English And rely upon the Exalted in Might, the Merciful,

  1. وَتَوَكَّلْwatawakkalAnd put (your) trust
  2. عَلَىʿalāin
  3. ٱلْعَزِيزِl-ʿazīzithe All-Mighty
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 218

ٱلَّذِى يَرَىٰكَ حِينَ تَقُومُ

Transliteration alladhī yarāka ḥīna taqūmu

English Who sees you when you arise

  1. ٱلَّذِىalladhīThe One Who
  2. يَرَىٰكَyarākasees you
  3. حِينَḥīnawhen
  4. تَقُومُtaqūmuyou stand up

Verse 219

وَتَقَلُّبَكَ فِى ٱلسَّـٰجِدِينَ

Transliteration wataqallubaka fī l-sājidīna

English And your movement among those who prostrate.

  1. وَتَقَلُّبَكَwataqallubakaAnd your movements
  2. فِىfīamong
  3. ٱلسَّـٰجِدِينَl-sājidīnathose who prostrate

Verse 220

إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Transliteration innahu huwa l-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

English Indeed, He is the Hearing, the Knowing.

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  2. هُوَhuwa[He]
  3. ٱلسَّمِيعُl-samīʿu(is) the All-Hearer
  4. ٱلْعَلِيمُl-ʿalīmuthe All-Knower

Verse 221

هَلْ أُنَبِّئُكُمْ عَلَىٰ مَن تَنَزَّلُ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينُ

Transliteration hal unabbi-ukum ʿalā man tanazzalu l-shayāṭīnu

English Shall I inform you upon whom the devils descend?

  1. هَلْhalShall
  2. أُنَبِّئُكُمْunabbi-ukumI inform you
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  4. مَنmanwhom
  5. تَنَزَّلُtanazzaludescend
  6. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينُl-shayāṭīnuthe devils

Verse 222

تَنَزَّلُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ أَفَّاكٍ أَثِيمٍ

Transliteration tanazzalu ʿalā kulli affākin athīmin

English They descend upon every sinful liar.

  1. تَنَزَّلُtanazzaluThey descend
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  3. كُلِّkullievery
  4. أَفَّاكٍaffākinliar
  5. أَثِيمٍۢathīminsinful

Verse 223

يُلْقُونَ ٱلسَّمْعَ وَأَكْثَرُهُمْ كَـٰذِبُونَ

Transliteration yul'qūna l-samʿa wa-aktharuhum kādhibūna

English They pass on what is heard, and most of them are liars.

  1. يُلْقُونَyul'qūnaThey pass on
  2. ٱلسَّمْعَl-samʿa(what is) heard
  3. وَأَكْثَرُهُمْwa-aktharuhumand most of them
  4. كَـٰذِبُونَkādhibūna(are) liars

Verse 224

وَٱلشُّعَرَآءُ يَتَّبِعُهُمُ ٱلْغَاوُۥنَ

Transliteration wal-shuʿarāu yattabiʿuhumu l-ghāwūna

English And the poets - [only] the deviators follow them;

  1. وَٱلشُّعَرَآءُwal-shuʿarāuAnd the poets
  2. يَتَّبِعُهُمُyattabiʿuhumufollow them
  3. ٱلْغَاوُۥنَl-ghāwūnathe deviators

Verse 225

أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّهُمْ فِى كُلِّ وَادٍ يَهِيمُونَ

Transliteration alam tara annahum fī kulli wādin yahīmūna

English Do you not see that in every valley they roam

  1. أَلَمْalamDo not
  2. تَرَtarayou see
  3. أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they
  4. فِىfīin
  5. كُلِّkullievery
  6. وَادٍۢwādinvalley
  7. يَهِيمُونَyahīmūna[they] roam

Verse 226

وَأَنَّهُمْ يَقُولُونَ مَا لَا يَفْعَلُونَ

Transliteration wa-annahum yaqūlūna mā lā yafʿalūna

English And that they say what they do not do? -

  1. وَأَنَّهُمْwa-annahumAnd that they
  2. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnasay
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. لَاlānot
  5. يَفْعَلُونَyafʿalūnathey do

Verse 227

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ وَذَكَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ كَثِيرًا وَٱنتَصَرُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا ظُلِمُوا۟ ۗ وَسَيَعْلَمُ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ أَىَّ مُنقَلَبٍ يَنقَلِبُونَ

Transliteration illā alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti wadhakarū l-laha kathīran wa-intaṣarū min baʿdi mā ẓulimū wasayaʿlamu alladhīna ẓalamū ayya munqalabin yanqalibūna

English Except those [poets] who believe and do righteous deeds and remember Allāh often and defend [the Muslims] after they were wronged. And those who have wronged are going to know to what [kind of] return they will be returned.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  6. وَذَكَرُوا۟wadhakarūand remember
  7. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  8. كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmuch
  9. وَٱنتَصَرُوا۟wa-intaṣarūand defend themselves
  10. مِنۢminafter
  11. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  12. مَاmāafter
  13. ظُلِمُوا۟ ۗẓulimūthey were wronged
  14. وَسَيَعْلَمُwasayaʿlamuAnd will come to know
  15. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  16. ظَلَمُوٓا۟ẓalamūhave wronged
  17. أَىَّayya(to) what
  18. مُنقَلَبٍۢmunqalabinreturn
  19. يَنقَلِبُونَyanqalibūnathey will return

Surah An-Naml النمل verses 1–55

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

طسٓ ۚ تِلْكَ ءَايَـٰتُ ٱلْقُرْءَانِ وَكِتَابٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration tta-seen til'ka āyātu l-qur'āni wakitābin mubīnin

English Ṭā, Seen. These are the verses of the Qur’ān [i.e., recitation] and a clear Book

  1. طسٓ ۚtta-seenTa Seen
  2. تِلْكَtil'kaThese
  3. ءَايَـٰتُāyātu(are the) Verses
  4. ٱلْقُرْءَانِl-qur'āni(of) the Quran
  5. وَكِتَابٍۢwakitābinand a Book
  6. مُّبِينٍmubīninclear

Verse 2

هُدًى وَبُشْرَىٰ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration hudan wabush'rā lil'mu'minīna

English As guidance and good tidings for the believers

  1. هُدًۭىhudanA guidance
  2. وَبُشْرَىٰwabush'rāand glad tidings
  3. لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَlil'mu'minīnafor the believers

Verse 3

ٱلَّذِينَ يُقِيمُونَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَيُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَهُم بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ هُمْ يُوقِنُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna yuqīmūna l-ṣalata wayu'tūna l-zakata wahum bil-ākhirati hum yūqinūna

English Who establish prayer and give zakāh, and of the Hereafter they are certain [in faith].

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. يُقِيمُونَyuqīmūnaestablish
  3. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  4. وَيُؤْتُونَwayu'tūnaand give
  5. ٱلزَّكَوٰةَl-zakatazakah
  6. وَهُمwahumand they
  7. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  8. هُمْhum[they]
  9. يُوقِنُونَyūqinūnabelieve with certainty

Verse 4

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ زَيَّنَّا لَهُمْ أَعْمَـٰلَهُمْ فَهُمْ يَعْمَهُونَ

Transliteration inna alladhīna lā yu'minūna bil-ākhirati zayyannā lahum aʿmālahum fahum yaʿmahūna

English Indeed, for those who do not believe in the Hereafter, We have made pleasing to them their deeds, so they wander blindly.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. لَاlā(do) not
  4. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  5. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  6. زَيَّنَّاzayyannāWe have made fair-seeming
  7. لَهُمْlahumto them
  8. أَعْمَـٰلَهُمْaʿmālahumtheir deeds
  9. فَهُمْfahumso they
  10. يَعْمَهُونَyaʿmahūnawander blindly

Verse 5

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَهُمْ سُوٓءُ ٱلْعَذَابِ وَهُمْ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ هُمُ ٱلْأَخْسَرُونَ

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna lahum sūu l-ʿadhābi wahum fī l-ākhirati humu l-akhsarūna

English Those are the ones for whom there will be the worst of punishment, and in the Hereafter they are the greatest losers.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) the ones
  3. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  4. سُوٓءُsūu(is) an evil
  5. ٱلْعَذَابِl-ʿadhābi[the] punishment
  6. وَهُمْwahumand they
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhiratithe Hereafter
  9. هُمُhumu[they]
  10. ٱلْأَخْسَرُونَl-akhsarūna(will be) the greatest losers

Verse 6

وَإِنَّكَ لَتُلَقَّى ٱلْقُرْءَانَ مِن لَّدُنْ حَكِيمٍ عَلِيمٍ

Transliteration wa-innaka latulaqqā l-qur'āna min ladun ḥakīmin ʿalīmin

English And indeed, [O Muḥammad], you receive the Qur’ān from one Wise and Knowing.

  1. وَإِنَّكَwa-innakaAnd indeed, you
  2. لَتُلَقَّىlatulaqqāsurely, receive
  3. ٱلْقُرْءَانَl-qur'ānathe Quran
  4. مِنminfrom [near]
  5. لَّدُنْladunfrom [near]
  6. حَكِيمٍḥakīminthe All-Wise
  7. عَلِيمٍʿalīminthe All-Knower

Verse 7

إِذْ قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِأَهْلِهِۦٓ إِنِّىٓ ءَانَسْتُ نَارًا سَـَٔاتِيكُم مِّنْهَا بِخَبَرٍ أَوْ ءَاتِيكُم بِشِهَابٍ قَبَسٍ لَّعَلَّكُمْ تَصْطَلُونَ

Transliteration idh qāla mūsā li-ahlihi innī ānastu nāran saātīkum min'hā bikhabarin aw ātīkum bishihābin qabasin laʿallakum taṣṭalūna

English [Mention] when Moses said to his family, "Indeed, I have perceived a fire. I will bring you from there information or will bring you a burning torch that you may warm yourselves."

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. لِأَهْلِهِۦٓli-ahlihito his family
  5. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  6. ءَانَسْتُānastuperceive
  7. نَارًۭاnārana fire
  8. سَـَٔاتِيكُمsaātīkumI will bring you
  9. مِّنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  10. بِخَبَرٍbikhabarinsome information
  11. أَوْawor
  12. ءَاتِيكُمātīkumI will bring you
  13. بِشِهَابٍۢbishihābina torch
  14. قَبَسٍۢqabasinburning
  15. لَّعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  16. تَصْطَلُونَtaṣṭalūnawarm yourselves

Verse 8

فَلَمَّا جَآءَهَا نُودِىَ أَنۢ بُورِكَ مَن فِى ٱلنَّارِ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهَا وَسُبْحَـٰنَ ٱللَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration falammā jāahā nūdiya an būrika man fī l-nāri waman ḥawlahā wasub'ḥāna l-lahi rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English But when he came to it, he was called, "Blessed is whoever is at the fire and whoever is around it. And exalted is Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  2. جَآءَهَاjāahāhe came to it
  3. نُودِىَnūdiyahe was called
  4. أَنۢan[that]
  5. بُورِكَbūrikaBlessed is
  6. مَنmanwho
  7. فِىfī(is) at
  8. ٱلنَّارِl-nārithe fire
  9. وَمَنْwamanand whoever
  10. حَوْلَهَاḥawlahā(is) around it
  11. وَسُبْحَـٰنَwasub'ḥānaAnd glory be
  12. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(to) Allah
  13. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  14. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 9

يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّهُۥٓ أَنَا ٱللَّهُ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ

Transliteration yāmūsā innahu anā l-lahu l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu

English O Moses, indeed it is I - Allāh, the Exalted in Might, the Wise."

  1. يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓyāmūsāO Musa
  2. إِنَّهُۥٓinnahuIndeed
  3. أَنَاanāI Am
  4. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  5. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzuthe All-Mighty
  6. ٱلْحَكِيمُl-ḥakīmuthe All-Wise

Verse 10

وَأَلْقِ عَصَاكَ ۚ فَلَمَّا رَءَاهَا تَهْتَزُّ كَأَنَّهَا جَآنٌّ وَلَّىٰ مُدْبِرًا وَلَمْ يُعَقِّبْ ۚ يَـٰمُوسَىٰ لَا تَخَفْ إِنِّى لَا يَخَافُ لَدَىَّ ٱلْمُرْسَلُونَ

Transliteration wa-alqi ʿaṣāka falammā raāhā tahtazzu ka-annahā jānnun wallā mud'biran walam yuʿaqqib yāmūsā lā takhaf innī lā yakhāfu ladayya l-mur'salūna

English And [he was told], "Throw down your staff." But when he saw it writhing as if it were a snake, he turned in flight and did not return. [Allāh said], "O Moses, fear not. Indeed, in My presence the messengers do not fear.

  1. وَأَلْقِwa-alqiAnd, "Throw
  2. عَصَاكَ ۚʿaṣākayour staff
  3. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  4. رَءَاهَاraāhāhe saw it
  5. تَهْتَزُّtahtazzumoving
  6. كَأَنَّهَاka-annahāas if it
  7. جَآنٌّۭjānnun(were) a snake
  8. وَلَّىٰwallāhe turned back
  9. مُدْبِرًۭاmud'biran(in) flight
  10. وَلَمْwalamand (did) not
  11. يُعَقِّبْ ۚyuʿaqqiblook back
  12. يَـٰمُوسَىٰyāmūsāO Musa
  13. لَاlā(Do) not
  14. تَخَفْtakhaffear
  15. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, [I]
  16. لَاlā(do) not
  17. يَخَافُyakhāfufear
  18. لَدَىَّladayya(in) My presence
  19. ٱلْمُرْسَلُونَl-mur'salūnathe Messengers

Verse 11

إِلَّا مَن ظَلَمَ ثُمَّ بَدَّلَ حُسْنًۢا بَعْدَ سُوٓءٍ فَإِنِّى غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration illā man ẓalama thumma baddala ḥus'nan baʿda sūin fa-innī ghafūrun raḥīmun

English Otherwise, he who wrongs, then substitutes good after evil - indeed, I am Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَنmanwho
  3. ظَلَمَẓalamawrongs
  4. ثُمَّthummathen
  5. بَدَّلَbaddalasubstitutes
  6. حُسْنًۢاḥus'nangood
  7. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  8. سُوٓءٍۢsūinevil
  9. فَإِنِّىfa-innīthen indeed, I Am
  10. غَفُورٌۭghafūrunOft-Forgiving
  11. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 12

وَأَدْخِلْ يَدَكَ فِى جَيْبِكَ تَخْرُجْ بَيْضَآءَ مِنْ غَيْرِ سُوٓءٍ ۖ فِى تِسْعِ ءَايَـٰتٍ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ وَقَوْمِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا فَـٰسِقِينَ

Transliteration wa-adkhil yadaka fī jaybika takhruj bayḍāa min ghayri sūin fī tis'ʿi āyātin ilā fir'ʿawna waqawmihi innahum kānū qawman fāsiqīna

English And put your hand into the opening of your garment [at the breast]; it will come out white without disease. [These are] among the nine signs [you will take] to Pharaoh and his people. Indeed, they have been a people defiantly disobedient."

  1. وَأَدْخِلْwa-adkhilAnd enter
  2. يَدَكَyadakayour hand
  3. فِىfīinto
  4. جَيْبِكَjaybikayour bosom
  5. تَخْرُجْtakhrujit will come forth
  6. بَيْضَآءَbayḍāawhite
  7. مِنْminwithout
  8. غَيْرِghayriwithout
  9. سُوٓءٍۢ ۖsūinharm
  10. فِىfī(These are) among
  11. تِسْعِtis'ʿinine
  12. ءَايَـٰتٍāyātinsigns
  13. إِلَىٰilāto
  14. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawnaFiraun
  15. وَقَوْمِهِۦٓ ۚwaqawmihiand his people
  16. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  17. كَانُوا۟kānūare
  18. قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
  19. فَـٰسِقِينَfāsiqīnadefiantly disobedient

Verse 13

فَلَمَّا جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَـٰتُنَا مُبْصِرَةً قَالُوا۟ هَـٰذَا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration falammā jāathum āyātunā mub'ṣiratan qālū hādhā siḥ'run mubīnun

English But when there came to them Our visible signs, they said, "This is obvious magic."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  2. جَآءَتْهُمْjāathumcame to them
  3. ءَايَـٰتُنَاāyātunāOur Signs
  4. مُبْصِرَةًۭmub'ṣiratanvisible
  5. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  6. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  7. سِحْرٌۭsiḥ'run(is) a magic
  8. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunmanifest

Verse 14

وَجَحَدُوا۟ بِهَا وَٱسْتَيْقَنَتْهَآ أَنفُسُهُمْ ظُلْمًا وَعُلُوًّا ۚ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ

Transliteration wajaḥadū bihā wa-is'tayqanathā anfusuhum ẓul'man waʿuluwwan fa-unẓur kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-muf'sidīna

English And they rejected them, while their [inner] selves were convinced thereof, out of injustice and haughtiness. So see how was the end of the corrupters.

  1. وَجَحَدُوا۟wajaḥadūAnd they rejected
  2. بِهَاbihāthem
  3. وَٱسْتَيْقَنَتْهَآwa-is'tayqanathāthough were convinced with them (signs)
  4. أَنفُسُهُمْanfusuhumthemselves
  5. ظُلْمًۭاẓul'man(out of) injustice
  6. وَعُلُوًّۭا ۚwaʿuluwwanand haughtiness
  7. فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurSo see
  8. كَيْفَkayfahow
  9. كَانَkānawas
  10. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
  11. ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَl-muf'sidīna(of) the corrupters

Verse 15

وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا دَاوُۥدَ وَسُلَيْمَـٰنَ عِلْمًا ۖ وَقَالَا ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى فَضَّلَنَا عَلَىٰ كَثِيرٍ مِّنْ عِبَادِهِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration walaqad ātaynā dāwūda wasulaymāna ʿil'man waqālā l-ḥamdu lillahi alladhī faḍḍalanā ʿalā kathīrin min ʿibādihi l-mu'minīna

English And We had certainly given to David and Solomon knowledge, and they said, "Praise [is due] to Allāh, who has favored us over many of His believing servants."

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. ءَاتَيْنَاātaynāWe gave
  3. دَاوُۥدَdāwūdaDawood
  4. وَسُلَيْمَـٰنَwasulaymānaand Sulaiman
  5. عِلْمًۭا ۖʿil'manknowledge
  6. وَقَالَاwaqālāand they said
  7. ٱلْحَمْدُl-ḥamduPraise be
  8. لِلَّهِlillahito Allah
  9. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  10. فَضَّلَنَاfaḍḍalanāhas favored us
  11. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  12. كَثِيرٍۢkathīrinmany
  13. مِّنْminof
  14. عِبَادِهِʿibādihiHis servants
  15. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnathe believers

Verse 16

وَوَرِثَ سُلَيْمَـٰنُ دَاوُۥدَ ۖ وَقَالَ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ عُلِّمْنَا مَنطِقَ ٱلطَّيْرِ وَأُوتِينَا مِن كُلِّ شَىْءٍ ۖ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَهُوَ ٱلْفَضْلُ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Transliteration wawaritha sulaymānu dāwūda waqāla yāayyuhā l-nāsu ʿullim'nā manṭiqa l-ṭayri waūtīnā min kulli shayin inna hādhā lahuwa l-faḍlu l-mubīnu

English And Solomon inherited David. He said, "O people, we have been taught the language of birds, and we have been given from all things. Indeed, this is evident bounty."

  1. وَوَرِثَwawarithaAnd inherited
  2. سُلَيْمَـٰنُsulaymānuSulaiman
  3. دَاوُۥدَ ۖdāwūdaDawood
  4. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd he said
  5. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO
  6. ٱلنَّاسُl-nāsupeople
  7. عُلِّمْنَاʿullim'nāWe have been taught
  8. مَنطِقَmanṭiqa(the) language
  9. ٱلطَّيْرِl-ṭayri(of) the birds
  10. وَأُوتِينَاwaūtīnāand we have been given
  11. مِنminfrom
  12. كُلِّkullievery
  13. شَىْءٍ ۖshayinthing
  14. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  15. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  16. لَهُوَlahuwasurely, it
  17. ٱلْفَضْلُl-faḍlu(is) the favor
  18. ٱلْمُبِينُl-mubīnuevident

Verse 17

وَحُشِرَ لِسُلَيْمَـٰنَ جُنُودُهُۥ مِنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ وَٱلطَّيْرِ فَهُمْ يُوزَعُونَ

Transliteration waḥushira lisulaymāna junūduhu mina l-jini wal-insi wal-ṭayri fahum yūzaʿūna

English And gathered for Solomon were his soldiers of the jinn and men and birds, and they were [marching] in rows

  1. وَحُشِرَwaḥushiraAnd were gathered
  2. لِسُلَيْمَـٰنَlisulaymānafor Sulaiman
  3. جُنُودُهُۥjunūduhuhis hosts
  4. مِنَminaof
  5. ٱلْجِنِّl-jinijinn
  6. وَٱلْإِنسِwal-insiand the men
  7. وَٱلطَّيْرِwal-ṭayriand the birds
  8. فَهُمْfahumand they
  9. يُوزَعُونَyūzaʿūna(were) set in rows

Verse 18

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَآ أَتَوْا۟ عَلَىٰ وَادِ ٱلنَّمْلِ قَالَتْ نَمْلَةٌ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّمْلُ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ مَسَـٰكِنَكُمْ لَا يَحْطِمَنَّكُمْ سُلَيْمَـٰنُ وَجُنُودُهُۥ وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration ḥattā idhā ataw ʿalā wādi l-namli qālat namlatun yāayyuhā l-namlu ud'khulū masākinakum lā yaḥṭimannakum sulaymānu wajunūduhu wahum lā yashʿurūna

English Until, when they came upon the valley of the ants, an ant said, "O ants, enter your dwellings that you not be crushed by Solomon and his soldiers while they perceive not."

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. إِذَآidhāwhen
  3. أَتَوْا۟atawthey came
  4. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  5. وَادِwādi(the) valley
  6. ٱلنَّمْلِl-namli(of) the ants
  7. قَالَتْqālatsaid
  8. نَمْلَةٌۭnamlatunan ant
  9. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO
  10. ٱلنَّمْلُl-namluants
  11. ٱدْخُلُوا۟ud'khulūEnter
  12. مَسَـٰكِنَكُمْmasākinakumyour dwellings
  13. لَاlālest not crush you
  14. يَحْطِمَنَّكُمْyaḥṭimannakumlest not crush you
  15. سُلَيْمَـٰنُsulaymānuSulaiman
  16. وَجُنُودُهُۥwajunūduhuand his hosts
  17. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  18. لَاlā(do) not perceive
  19. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūna(do) not perceive

Verse 19

فَتَبَسَّمَ ضَاحِكًا مِّن قَوْلِهَا وَقَالَ رَبِّ أَوْزِعْنِىٓ أَنْ أَشْكُرَ نِعْمَتَكَ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَنْعَمْتَ عَلَىَّ وَعَلَىٰ وَٰلِدَىَّ وَأَنْ أَعْمَلَ صَـٰلِحًا تَرْضَىٰهُ وَأَدْخِلْنِى بِرَحْمَتِكَ فِى عِبَادِكَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration fatabassama ḍāḥikan min qawlihā waqāla rabbi awziʿ'nī an ashkura niʿ'mataka allatī anʿamta ʿalayya waʿalā wālidayya wa-an aʿmala ṣāliḥan tarḍāhu wa-adkhil'nī biraḥmatika fī ʿibādika l-ṣāliḥīna

English So [Solomon] smiled, amused at her speech, and said, "My Lord, enable me to be grateful for Your favor which You have bestowed upon me and upon my parents and to do righteousness of which You approve. And admit me by Your mercy into [the ranks of] Your righteous servants."

  1. فَتَبَسَّمَfatabassamaSo he smiled
  2. ضَاحِكًۭاḍāḥikanlaughing
  3. مِّنminat
  4. قَوْلِهَاqawlihāher speech
  5. وَقَالَwaqālaand said
  6. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  7. أَوْزِعْنِىٓawziʿ'nīGrant me (the) power
  8. أَنْanthat
  9. أَشْكُرَashkuraI may thank You
  10. نِعْمَتَكَniʿ'mataka(for) Your Favor
  11. ٱلَّتِىٓallatīwhich
  12. أَنْعَمْتَanʿamtaYou have bestowed
  13. عَلَىَّʿalayyaon me
  14. وَعَلَىٰwaʿalāand on
  15. وَٰلِدَىَّwālidayyamy parents
  16. وَأَنْwa-anand that
  17. أَعْمَلَaʿmalaI may do
  18. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanrighteous (deeds)
  19. تَرْضَىٰهُtarḍāhuthat will please You
  20. وَأَدْخِلْنِىwa-adkhil'nīAnd admit me
  21. بِرَحْمَتِكَbiraḥmatikaby Your Mercy
  22. فِىfīamong
  23. عِبَادِكَʿibādikaYour slaves
  24. ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَl-ṣāliḥīnarighteous

Verse 20

وَتَفَقَّدَ ٱلطَّيْرَ فَقَالَ مَا لِىَ لَآ أَرَى ٱلْهُدْهُدَ أَمْ كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْغَآئِبِينَ

Transliteration watafaqqada l-ṭayra faqāla mā liya lā arā l-hud'huda am kāna mina l-ghāibīna

English And he took attendance of the birds and said, "Why do I not see the hoopoe - or is he among the absent?

  1. وَتَفَقَّدَwatafaqqadaAnd he inspected
  2. ٱلطَّيْرَl-ṭayrathe birds
  3. فَقَالَfaqālaand said
  4. مَاmāWhy
  5. لِىَliyaWhy
  6. لَآlānot
  7. أَرَىarāI see
  8. ٱلْهُدْهُدَl-hud'hudathe hoopoe
  9. أَمْamor
  10. كَانَkānais he
  11. مِنَminafrom
  12. ٱلْغَآئِبِينَl-ghāibīnathe absent

Verse 21

لَأُعَذِّبَنَّهُۥ عَذَابًا شَدِيدًا أَوْ لَأَا۟ذْبَحَنَّهُۥٓ أَوْ لَيَأْتِيَنِّى بِسُلْطَـٰنٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration la-uʿadhibannahu ʿadhāban shadīdan aw laādh'baḥannahu aw layatiyannī bisul'ṭānin mubīnin

English I will surely punish him with a severe punishment or slaughter him unless he brings me clear authorization."

  1. لَأُعَذِّبَنَّهُۥla-uʿadhibannahuI will surely punish him
  2. عَذَابًۭاʿadhāban(with) a punishment
  3. شَدِيدًاshadīdansevere
  4. أَوْawor
  5. لَأَا۟ذْبَحَنَّهُۥٓlaādh'baḥannahuI will surely slaughter him
  6. أَوْawunless
  7. لَيَأْتِيَنِّىlayatiyannīhe brings me
  8. بِسُلْطَـٰنٍۢbisul'ṭānina reason
  9. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 22

فَمَكَثَ غَيْرَ بَعِيدٍ فَقَالَ أَحَطتُ بِمَا لَمْ تُحِطْ بِهِۦ وَجِئْتُكَ مِن سَبَإٍۭ بِنَبَإٍ يَقِينٍ

Transliteration famakatha ghayra baʿīdin faqāla aḥaṭtu bimā lam tuḥiṭ bihi waji'tuka min saba-in binaba-in yaqīnin

English But he [i.e., the hoopoe] stayed not long and said, "I have encompassed [in knowledge] that which you have not encompassed, and I have come to you from Sheba with certain news.

  1. فَمَكَثَfamakathaSo he stayed
  2. غَيْرَghayranot
  3. بَعِيدٍۢbaʿīdinlong
  4. فَقَالَfaqālaand he said
  5. أَحَطتُaḥaṭtuI have encompassed
  6. بِمَاbimāthat which
  7. لَمْlamnot
  8. تُحِطْtuḥiṭyou have encompassed
  9. بِهِۦbihiit
  10. وَجِئْتُكَwaji'tukaand I have come to you
  11. مِنminfrom
  12. سَبَإٍۭsaba-inSaba
  13. بِنَبَإٍۢbinaba-inwith news
  14. يَقِينٍyaqīnincertain

Verse 23

إِنِّى وَجَدتُّ ٱمْرَأَةً تَمْلِكُهُمْ وَأُوتِيَتْ مِن كُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَلَهَا عَرْشٌ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration innī wajadttu im'ra-atan tamlikuhum waūtiyat min kulli shayin walahā ʿarshun ʿaẓīmun

English Indeed, I found [there] a woman ruling them, and she has been given of all things, and she has a great throne.

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  2. وَجَدتُّwajadttufound
  3. ٱمْرَأَةًۭim'ra-atana woman
  4. تَمْلِكُهُمْtamlikuhumruling them
  5. وَأُوتِيَتْwaūtiyatand she has been given
  6. مِنminof
  7. كُلِّkullievery
  8. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  9. وَلَهَاwalahāand for her
  10. عَرْشٌʿarshun(is) a throne
  11. عَظِيمٌۭʿaẓīmungreat

Verse 24

وَجَدتُّهَا وَقَوْمَهَا يَسْجُدُونَ لِلشَّمْسِ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَزَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ أَعْمَـٰلَهُمْ فَصَدَّهُمْ عَنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ فَهُمْ لَا يَهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration wajadttuhā waqawmahā yasjudūna lilshamsi min dūni l-lahi wazayyana lahumu l-shayṭānu aʿmālahum faṣaddahum ʿani l-sabīli fahum lā yahtadūna

English I found her and her people prostrating to the sun instead of Allāh, and Satan has made their deeds pleasing to them and averted them from [His] way, so they are not guided,

  1. وَجَدتُّهَاwajadttuhāAnd I found her
  2. وَقَوْمَهَاwaqawmahāand her people
  3. يَسْجُدُونَyasjudūnaprostrating
  4. لِلشَّمْسِlilshamsito the sun
  5. مِنmininstead of Allah
  6. دُونِdūniinstead of Allah
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahiinstead of Allah
  8. وَزَيَّنَwazayyanaand has made fair-seeming
  9. لَهُمُlahumuto them
  10. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  11. أَعْمَـٰلَهُمْaʿmālahumtheir deeds
  12. فَصَدَّهُمْfaṣaddahumand averted them
  13. عَنِʿanifrom
  14. ٱلسَّبِيلِl-sabīlithe Way
  15. فَهُمْfahumso they
  16. لَاlā(are) not
  17. يَهْتَدُونَyahtadūnaguided

Verse 25

أَلَّا يَسْجُدُوا۟ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى يُخْرِجُ ٱلْخَبْءَ فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا تُخْفُونَ وَمَا تُعْلِنُونَ

Transliteration allā yasjudū lillahi alladhī yukh'riju l-khaba-a fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wayaʿlamu mā tukh'fūna wamā tuʿ'linūna

English [And] so they do not prostrate to Allāh, who brings forth what is hidden within the heavens and the earth and knows what you conceal and what you declare -

  1. أَلَّاallāThat not
  2. يَسْجُدُوا۟yasjudūthey prostrate
  3. لِلَّهِlillahito Allah
  4. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  5. يُخْرِجُyukh'rijubrings forth
  6. ٱلْخَبْءَl-khaba-athe hidden
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  9. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  10. وَيَعْلَمُwayaʿlamuand knows
  11. مَاmāwhat
  12. تُخْفُونَtukh'fūnayou conceal
  13. وَمَاwamāand what
  14. تُعْلِنُونَtuʿ'linūnayou declare

Verse 26

ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ رَبُّ ٱلْعَرْشِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ ۩

Transliteration al-lahu lā ilāha illā huwa rabbu l-ʿarshi l-ʿaẓīmi

English Allāh - there is no deity except Him, Lord of the Great Throne."

  1. ٱللَّهُal-lahuAllah
  2. لَآlā(there is) no
  3. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  4. إِلَّاillābut
  5. هُوَhuwaHe
  6. رَبُّrabbu(the) Lord
  7. ٱلْعَرْشِl-ʿarshi(of) the Throne
  8. ٱلْعَظِيمِ ۩‏l-ʿaẓīmithe Great

Verse 27

۞ قَالَ سَنَنظُرُ أَصَدَقْتَ أَمْ كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَ

Transliteration qāla sananẓuru aṣadaqta am kunta mina l-kādhibīna

English [Solomon] said, "We will see whether you were truthful or were of the liars.

  1. ۞ قَالَqālaHe said
  2. سَنَنظُرُsananẓuruWe will see
  3. أَصَدَقْتَaṣadaqtawhether you speak (the) truth
  4. أَمْamor
  5. كُنتَkuntayou are
  6. مِنَminaof
  7. ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَl-kādhibīnathe liars

Verse 28

ٱذْهَب بِّكِتَـٰبِى هَـٰذَا فَأَلْقِهْ إِلَيْهِمْ ثُمَّ تَوَلَّ عَنْهُمْ فَٱنظُرْ مَاذَا يَرْجِعُونَ

Transliteration idh'hab bikitābī hādhā fa-alqih ilayhim thumma tawalla ʿanhum fa-unẓur mādhā yarjiʿūna

English Take this letter of mine and deliver it to them. Then leave them and see what [answer] they will return."

  1. ٱذْهَبidh'habGo
  2. بِّكِتَـٰبِىbikitābīwith my letter
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  4. فَأَلْقِهْfa-alqihand deliver it
  5. إِلَيْهِمْilayhimto them
  6. ثُمَّthummaThen
  7. تَوَلَّtawallaturn away
  8. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  9. فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurand see
  10. مَاذَاmādhāwhat
  11. يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnathey return

Verse 29

قَالَتْ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟ إِنِّىٓ أُلْقِىَ إِلَىَّ كِتَـٰبٌ كَرِيمٌ

Transliteration qālat yāayyuhā l-mala-u innī ul'qiya ilayya kitābun karīmun

English She said, "O eminent ones, indeed, to me has been delivered a noble letter.

  1. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  2. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO
  3. ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟l-mala-uchiefs
  4. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed [I]
  5. أُلْقِىَul'qiyais delivered
  6. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  7. كِتَـٰبٌۭkitābuna letter
  8. كَرِيمٌkarīmunnoble

Verse 30

إِنَّهُۥ مِن سُلَيْمَـٰنَ وَإِنَّهُۥ بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration innahu min sulaymāna wa-innahu bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English Indeed, it is from Solomon, and indeed, it is [i.e., reads]: 'In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful,

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, it
  2. مِنmin(is) from
  3. سُلَيْمَـٰنَsulaymānaSulaiman
  4. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuand indeed it (is)
  5. بِسْمِbis'miIn the name
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  7. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  8. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 31

أَلَّا تَعْلُوا۟ عَلَىَّ وَأْتُونِى مُسْلِمِينَ

Transliteration allā taʿlū ʿalayya watūnī mus'limīna

English Be not haughty with me but come to me in submission [as Muslims].'"

  1. أَلَّاallāThat not
  2. تَعْلُوا۟taʿlūexalt yourselves
  3. عَلَىَّʿalayyaagainst me
  4. وَأْتُونِىwatūnībut come to me
  5. مُسْلِمِينَmus'limīna(in) submission

Verse 32

قَالَتْ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟ أَفْتُونِى فِىٓ أَمْرِى مَا كُنتُ قَاطِعَةً أَمْرًا حَتَّىٰ تَشْهَدُونِ

Transliteration qālat yāayyuhā l-mala-u aftūnī fī amrī mā kuntu qāṭiʿatan amran ḥattā tashhadūni

English She said, "O eminent ones, advise me in my affair. I would not decide a matter until you witness [for] me."

  1. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  2. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO
  3. ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟l-mala-uchiefs
  4. أَفْتُونِىaftūnīAdvise me
  5. فِىٓfīin
  6. أَمْرِىamrīmy affair
  7. مَاmāNot
  8. كُنتُkuntuI would be
  9. قَاطِعَةًqāṭiʿatanthe one to decide
  10. أَمْرًاamranany matter
  11. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  12. تَشْهَدُونِtashhadūniyou are present with me

Verse 33

قَالُوا۟ نَحْنُ أُو۟لُوا۟ قُوَّةٍ وَأُو۟لُوا۟ بَأْسٍ شَدِيدٍ وَٱلْأَمْرُ إِلَيْكِ فَٱنظُرِى مَاذَا تَأْمُرِينَ

Transliteration qālū naḥnu ulū quwwatin wa-ulū basin shadīdin wal-amru ilayki fa-unẓurī mādhā tamurīna

English They said, "We are men of strength and of great military might, but the command is yours, so see what you will command."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. نَحْنُnaḥnuWe
  3. أُو۟لُوا۟ulū(are) possessors
  4. قُوَّةٍۢquwwatin(of) strength
  5. وَأُو۟لُوا۟wa-ulūand possessors
  6. بَأْسٍۢbasin(of) might
  7. شَدِيدٍۢshadīdingreat
  8. وَٱلْأَمْرُwal-amruand the command
  9. إِلَيْكِilayki(is) up to you
  10. فَٱنظُرِىfa-unẓurīso look
  11. مَاذَاmādhāwhat
  12. تَأْمُرِينَtamurīnayou will command

Verse 34

قَالَتْ إِنَّ ٱلْمُلُوكَ إِذَا دَخَلُوا۟ قَرْيَةً أَفْسَدُوهَا وَجَعَلُوٓا۟ أَعِزَّةَ أَهْلِهَآ أَذِلَّةً ۖ وَكَذَٰلِكَ يَفْعَلُونَ

Transliteration qālat inna l-mulūka idhā dakhalū qaryatan afsadūhā wajaʿalū aʿizzata ahlihā adhillatan wakadhālika yafʿalūna

English She said, "Indeed kings - when they enter a city, they ruin it and render the honored of its people humbled. And thus do they do.

  1. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  2. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  3. ٱلْمُلُوكَl-mulūkathe kings
  4. إِذَاidhāwhen
  5. دَخَلُوا۟dakhalūthey enter
  6. قَرْيَةًqaryatana town
  7. أَفْسَدُوهَاafsadūhāthey ruin it
  8. وَجَعَلُوٓا۟wajaʿalūand make
  9. أَعِزَّةَaʿizzata(the) most honorable
  10. أَهْلِهَآahlihā(of) its people
  11. أَذِلَّةًۭ ۖadhillatan(the) lowest
  12. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  13. يَفْعَلُونَyafʿalūnathey do

Verse 35

وَإِنِّى مُرْسِلَةٌ إِلَيْهِم بِهَدِيَّةٍ فَنَاظِرَةٌۢ بِمَ يَرْجِعُ ٱلْمُرْسَلُونَ

Transliteration wa-innī mur'silatun ilayhim bihadiyyatin fanāẓiratun bima yarjiʿu l-mur'salūna

English But indeed, I will send to them a gift and see with what [reply] the messengers will return."

  1. وَإِنِّىwa-innīBut indeed, I am
  2. مُرْسِلَةٌmur'silatungoing to send
  3. إِلَيْهِمilayhimto them
  4. بِهَدِيَّةٍۢbihadiyyatina gift
  5. فَنَاظِرَةٌۢfanāẓiratunand see
  6. بِمَbimawith what
  7. يَرْجِعُyarjiʿureturn
  8. ٱلْمُرْسَلُونَl-mur'salūnathe messengers

Verse 36

فَلَمَّا جَآءَ سُلَيْمَـٰنَ قَالَ أَتُمِدُّونَنِ بِمَالٍ فَمَآ ءَاتَىٰنِۦَ ٱللَّهُ خَيْرٌ مِّمَّآ ءَاتَىٰكُم بَلْ أَنتُم بِهَدِيَّتِكُمْ تَفْرَحُونَ

Transliteration falammā jāa sulaymāna qāla atumiddūnani bimālin famā ātāniya l-lahu khayrun mimmā ātākum bal antum bihadiyyatikum tafraḥūna

English So when they came to Solomon, he said, "Do you provide me with wealth? But what Allāh has given me is better than what He has given you. Rather, it is you who rejoice in your gift.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. سُلَيْمَـٰنَsulaymāna(to) Sulaiman
  4. قَالَqālahe said
  5. أَتُمِدُّونَنِatumiddūnaniWill you provide me
  6. بِمَالٍۢbimālinwith wealth
  7. فَمَآfamāBut what
  8. ءَاتَىٰنِۦَātāniyaAllah has given me
  9. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah has given me
  10. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
  11. مِّمَّآmimmāthan what
  12. ءَاتَىٰكُمātākumHe has given you
  13. بَلْbalNay
  14. أَنتُمantumyou
  15. بِهَدِيَّتِكُمْbihadiyyatikumin your gift
  16. تَفْرَحُونَtafraḥūnarejoice

Verse 37

ٱرْجِعْ إِلَيْهِمْ فَلَنَأْتِيَنَّهُم بِجُنُودٍ لَّا قِبَلَ لَهُم بِهَا وَلَنُخْرِجَنَّهُم مِّنْهَآ أَذِلَّةً وَهُمْ صَـٰغِرُونَ

Transliteration ir'jiʿ ilayhim falanatiyannahum bijunūdin lā qibala lahum bihā walanukh'rijannahum min'hā adhillatan wahum ṣāghirūna

English Return to them, for we will surely come to them with soldiers that they will be powerless to encounter, and we will surely expel them therefrom in humiliation, and they will be debased."

  1. ٱرْجِعْir'jiʿReturn
  2. إِلَيْهِمْilayhimto them
  3. فَلَنَأْتِيَنَّهُمfalanatiyannahumsurely, we will come to them
  4. بِجُنُودٍۢbijunūdinwith hosts
  5. لَّاlānot
  6. قِبَلَqibala(is) resistance
  7. لَهُمlahumfor them
  8. بِهَاbihāof it
  9. وَلَنُخْرِجَنَّهُمwalanukh'rijannahumand surely, we will drive them out
  10. مِّنْهَآmin'hāfrom there
  11. أَذِلَّةًۭadhillatan(in) humiliation
  12. وَهُمْwahumand they
  13. صَـٰغِرُونَṣāghirūna(will be) abased

Verse 38

قَالَ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟ أَيُّكُمْ يَأْتِينِى بِعَرْشِهَا قَبْلَ أَن يَأْتُونِى مُسْلِمِينَ

Transliteration qāla yāayyuhā l-mala-u ayyukum yatīnī biʿarshihā qabla an yatūnī mus'limīna

English [Solomon] said, "O assembly [of jinn], which of you will bring me her throne before they come to me in submission?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO
  3. ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟l-mala-uchiefs
  4. أَيُّكُمْayyukumWhich of you
  5. يَأْتِينِىyatīnīwill bring me
  6. بِعَرْشِهَاbiʿarshihāher throne
  7. قَبْلَqablabefore
  8. أَنanthat
  9. يَأْتُونِىyatūnīthey come to me
  10. مُسْلِمِينَmus'limīna(in) submission

Verse 39

قَالَ عِفْرِيتٌ مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ أَنَا۠ ءَاتِيكَ بِهِۦ قَبْلَ أَن تَقُومَ مِن مَّقَامِكَ ۖ وَإِنِّى عَلَيْهِ لَقَوِىٌّ أَمِينٌ

Transliteration qāla ʿif'rītun mina l-jini anā ātīka bihi qabla an taqūma min maqāmika wa-innī ʿalayhi laqawiyyun amīnun

English A powerful one from among the jinn said, "I will bring it to you before you rise from your place, and indeed, I am for this [task] strong and trustworthy."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. عِفْرِيتٌۭʿif'rītuna strong one
  3. مِّنَminaof
  4. ٱلْجِنِّl-jinithe jinn
  5. أَنَا۠anāI
  6. ءَاتِيكَātīkawill bring it to you
  7. بِهِۦbihiwill bring it to you
  8. قَبْلَqablabefore
  9. أَنan[that]
  10. تَقُومَtaqūmayou rise
  11. مِنminfrom
  12. مَّقَامِكَ ۖmaqāmikayour place
  13. وَإِنِّىwa-innīAnd indeed, I am
  14. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  15. لَقَوِىٌّlaqawiyyunsurely, strong
  16. أَمِينٌۭamīnuntrustworthy

Verse 40

قَالَ ٱلَّذِى عِندَهُۥ عِلْمٌ مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ أَنَا۠ ءَاتِيكَ بِهِۦ قَبْلَ أَن يَرْتَدَّ إِلَيْكَ طَرْفُكَ ۚ فَلَمَّا رَءَاهُ مُسْتَقِرًّا عِندَهُۥ قَالَ هَـٰذَا مِن فَضْلِ رَبِّى لِيَبْلُوَنِىٓ ءَأَشْكُرُ أَمْ أَكْفُرُ ۖ وَمَن شَكَرَ فَإِنَّمَا يَشْكُرُ لِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖ وَمَن كَفَرَ فَإِنَّ رَبِّى غَنِىٌّ كَرِيمٌ

Transliteration qāla alladhī ʿindahu ʿil'mun mina l-kitābi anā ātīka bihi qabla an yartadda ilayka ṭarfuka falammā raāhu mus'taqirran ʿindahu qāla hādhā min faḍli rabbī liyabluwanī a-ashkuru am akfuru waman shakara fa-innamā yashkuru linafsihi waman kafara fa-inna rabbī ghaniyyun karīmun

English Said one who had knowledge from the Scripture, "I will bring it to you before your glance returns to you." And when [Solomon] saw it placed before him, he said, "This is from the favor of my Lord to test me whether I will be grateful or ungrateful. And whoever is grateful - his gratitude is only for [the benefit of] himself. And whoever is ungrateful - then indeed, my Lord is Free of need and Generous."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīone who
  3. عِندَهُۥʿindahuwith him
  4. عِلْمٌۭʿil'mun(was) knowledge
  5. مِّنَminaof
  6. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābithe Scripture
  7. أَنَا۠anāI
  8. ءَاتِيكَātīkawill bring it to you
  9. بِهِۦbihiwill bring it to you
  10. قَبْلَqablabefore
  11. أَنan[that]
  12. يَرْتَدَّyartaddareturns
  13. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  14. طَرْفُكَ ۚṭarfukayour glance
  15. فَلَمَّاfalammāThen when
  16. رَءَاهُraāhuhe saw it
  17. مُسْتَقِرًّاmus'taqirranplaced
  18. عِندَهُۥʿindahubefore him
  19. قَالَqālahe said
  20. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  21. مِنmin(is) from
  22. فَضْلِfaḍli(the) Favor
  23. رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
  24. لِيَبْلُوَنِىٓliyabluwanīto test me
  25. ءَأَشْكُرُa-ashkuruwhether I am grateful
  26. أَمْamor
  27. أَكْفُرُ ۖakfuruI am ungrateful
  28. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  29. شَكَرَshakara(is) grateful
  30. فَإِنَّمَاfa-innamāthen only
  31. يَشْكُرُyashkuruhe is grateful
  32. لِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖlinafsihifor his own soul
  33. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  34. كَفَرَkafara(is) ungrateful
  35. فَإِنَّfa-innathen indeed
  36. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  37. غَنِىٌّۭghaniyyun(is) Self-sufficient
  38. كَرِيمٌۭkarīmunNoble

Verse 41

قَالَ نَكِّرُوا۟ لَهَا عَرْشَهَا نَنظُرْ أَتَهْتَدِىٓ أَمْ تَكُونُ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration qāla nakkirū lahā ʿarshahā nanẓur atahtadī am takūnu mina alladhīna lā yahtadūna

English He said, "Disguise for her her throne; we will see whether she will be guided [to truth] or will be of those who is not guided."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. نَكِّرُوا۟nakkirūDisguise
  3. لَهَاlahāfor her
  4. عَرْشَهَاʿarshahāher throne
  5. نَنظُرْnanẓurwe will see
  6. أَتَهْتَدِىٓatahtadīwhether she will be guided
  7. أَمْamor
  8. تَكُونُtakūnuwill be
  9. مِنَminaof
  10. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  11. لَاlāare not guided
  12. يَهْتَدُونَyahtadūnaare not guided

Verse 42

فَلَمَّا جَآءَتْ قِيلَ أَهَـٰكَذَا عَرْشُكِ ۖ قَالَتْ كَأَنَّهُۥ هُوَ ۚ وَأُوتِينَا ٱلْعِلْمَ مِن قَبْلِهَا وَكُنَّا مُسْلِمِينَ

Transliteration falammā jāat qīla ahākadhā ʿarshuki qālat ka-annahu huwa waūtīnā l-ʿil'ma min qablihā wakunnā mus'limīna

English So when she arrived, it was said [to her], "Is your throne like this?" She said, "[It is] as though it was it." [Solomon said], "And we were given knowledge before her, and we have been Muslims [in submission to Allāh].

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. جَآءَتْjāatshe came
  3. قِيلَqīlait was said
  4. أَهَـٰكَذَاahākadhāIs like this
  5. عَرْشُكِ ۖʿarshukiyour throne
  6. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  7. كَأَنَّهُۥka-annahuIt is like
  8. هُوَ ۚhuwait
  9. وَأُوتِينَاwaūtīnāAnd we were given
  10. ٱلْعِلْمَl-ʿil'mathe knowledge
  11. مِنminbefore her
  12. قَبْلِهَاqablihābefore her
  13. وَكُنَّاwakunnāand we have been
  14. مُسْلِمِينَmus'limīnaMuslims

Verse 43

وَصَدَّهَا مَا كَانَت تَّعْبُدُ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ إِنَّهَا كَانَتْ مِن قَوْمٍ كَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration waṣaddahā mā kānat taʿbudu min dūni l-lahi innahā kānat min qawmin kāfirīna

English And that which she was worshipping other than Allāh had averted her [from submission to Him]. Indeed, she was from a disbelieving people."

  1. وَصَدَّهَاwaṣaddahāAnd has averted her
  2. مَاmāwhat
  3. كَانَتkānatshe used (to)
  4. تَّعْبُدُtaʿbuduworship
  5. مِنminbesides
  6. دُونِdūnibesides
  7. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiAllah
  8. إِنَّهَاinnahāIndeed, she
  9. كَانَتْkānatwas
  10. مِنminfrom
  11. قَوْمٍۢqawmina people
  12. كَـٰفِرِينَkāfirīnawho disbelieve

Verse 44

قِيلَ لَهَا ٱدْخُلِى ٱلصَّرْحَ ۖ فَلَمَّا رَأَتْهُ حَسِبَتْهُ لُجَّةً وَكَشَفَتْ عَن سَاقَيْهَا ۚ قَالَ إِنَّهُۥ صَرْحٌ مُّمَرَّدٌ مِّن قَوَارِيرَ ۗ قَالَتْ رَبِّ إِنِّى ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِى وَأَسْلَمْتُ مَعَ سُلَيْمَـٰنَ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration qīla lahā ud'khulī l-ṣarḥa falammā ra-athu ḥasibathu lujjatan wakashafat ʿan sāqayhā qāla innahu ṣarḥun mumarradun min qawārīra qālat rabbi innī ẓalamtu nafsī wa-aslamtu maʿa sulaymāna lillahi rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English She was told, "Enter the palace." But when she saw it, she thought it was a body of water and uncovered her shins [to wade through]. He said, "Indeed, it is a palace [whose floor is] made smooth with glass." She said, "My Lord, indeed I have wronged myself, and I submit with Solomon to Allāh, Lord of the worlds."

  1. قِيلَqīlaIt was said
  2. لَهَاlahāto her
  3. ٱدْخُلِىud'khulīEnter
  4. ٱلصَّرْحَ ۖl-ṣarḥathe palace
  5. فَلَمَّاfalammāThen when
  6. رَأَتْهُra-athushe saw it
  7. حَسِبَتْهُḥasibathushe thought it
  8. لُجَّةًۭlujjatan(was) a pool
  9. وَكَشَفَتْwakashafatand she uncovered
  10. عَنʿan[on]
  11. سَاقَيْهَا ۚsāqayhāher shins
  12. قَالَqālaHe said
  13. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, it
  14. صَرْحٌۭṣarḥun(is) a palace
  15. مُّمَرَّدٌۭmumarradunmade smooth
  16. مِّنminof
  17. قَوَارِيرَ ۗqawārīraglass
  18. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  19. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  20. إِنِّىinnīindeed, I
  21. ظَلَمْتُẓalamtu[I] have wronged
  22. نَفْسِىnafsīmyself
  23. وَأَسْلَمْتُwa-aslamtuand I submit
  24. مَعَmaʿawith
  25. سُلَيْمَـٰنَsulaymānaSulaiman
  26. لِلَّهِlillahito Allah
  27. رَبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  28. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 45

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَىٰ ثَمُودَ أَخَاهُمْ صَـٰلِحًا أَنِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ فَإِذَا هُمْ فَرِيقَانِ يَخْتَصِمُونَ

Transliteration walaqad arsalnā ilā thamūda akhāhum ṣāliḥan ani uʿ'budū l-laha fa-idhā hum farīqāni yakhtaṣimūna

English And We had certainly sent to Thamūd their brother Ṣāliḥ, [saying], "Worship Allāh," and at once they were two parties conflicting.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. أَرْسَلْنَآarsalnāWe sent
  3. إِلَىٰilāto
  4. ثَمُودَthamūdaThamud
  5. أَخَاهُمْakhāhumtheir brother
  6. صَـٰلِحًاṣāliḥanSalih
  7. أَنِanithat
  8. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  9. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  10. فَإِذَاfa-idhāThen behold
  11. هُمْhumThey
  12. فَرِيقَانِfarīqāni(became) two parties
  13. يَخْتَصِمُونَyakhtaṣimūnaquarreling

Verse 46

قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ لِمَ تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِ قَبْلَ ٱلْحَسَنَةِ ۖ لَوْلَا تَسْتَغْفِرُونَ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ

Transliteration qāla yāqawmi lima tastaʿjilūna bil-sayi-ati qabla l-ḥasanati lawlā tastaghfirūna l-laha laʿallakum tur'ḥamūna

English He said, "O my people, why are you impatient for evil before [i.e., instead of] good? Why do you not seek forgiveness of Allāh that you may receive mercy?"

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  3. لِمَlimaWhy
  4. تَسْتَعْجِلُونَtastaʿjilūna(do) you seek to hasten
  5. بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِbil-sayi-atithe evil
  6. قَبْلَqablabefore
  7. ٱلْحَسَنَةِ ۖl-ḥasanatithe good
  8. لَوْلَاlawlāWhy not
  9. تَسْتَغْفِرُونَtastaghfirūnayou ask forgiveness
  10. ٱللَّهَl-laha(of) Allah
  11. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  12. تُرْحَمُونَtur'ḥamūnareceive mercy

Verse 47

قَالُوا۟ ٱطَّيَّرْنَا بِكَ وَبِمَن مَّعَكَ ۚ قَالَ طَـٰٓئِرُكُمْ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ۖ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌ تُفْتَنُونَ

Transliteration qālū iṭṭayyarnā bika wabiman maʿaka qāla ṭāirukum ʿinda l-lahi bal antum qawmun tuf'tanūna

English They said, "We consider you a bad omen, you and those with you." He said, "Your omen [i.e., fate] is with Allāh. Rather, you are a people being tested."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. ٱطَّيَّرْنَاiṭṭayyarnāWe consider you a bad omen
  3. بِكَbikaWe consider you a bad omen
  4. وَبِمَنwabimanand those
  5. مَّعَكَ ۚmaʿakawith you
  6. قَالَqālaHe said
  7. طَـٰٓئِرُكُمْṭāirukumYour bad omen
  8. عِندَʿinda(is) with
  9. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiAllah
  10. بَلْbalNay
  11. أَنتُمْantumyou
  12. قَوْمٌۭqawmun(are) a people
  13. تُفْتَنُونَtuf'tanūnabeing tested

Verse 48

وَكَانَ فِى ٱلْمَدِينَةِ تِسْعَةُ رَهْطٍ يُفْسِدُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا يُصْلِحُونَ

Transliteration wakāna fī l-madīnati tis'ʿatu rahṭin yuf'sidūna fī l-arḍi walā yuṣ'liḥūna

English And there were in the city nine family heads causing corruption in the land and not amending [its affairs].

  1. وَكَانَwakānaAnd were
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ٱلْمَدِينَةِl-madīnatithe city
  4. تِسْعَةُtis'ʿatunine
  5. رَهْطٍۢrahṭinfamily heads
  6. يُفْسِدُونَyuf'sidūnathey were spreading corruption
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe land
  9. وَلَاwalāand not
  10. يُصْلِحُونَyuṣ'liḥūnareforming

Verse 49

قَالُوا۟ تَقَاسَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ لَنُبَيِّتَنَّهُۥ وَأَهْلَهُۥ ثُمَّ لَنَقُولَنَّ لِوَلِيِّهِۦ مَا شَهِدْنَا مَهْلِكَ أَهْلِهِۦ وَإِنَّا لَصَـٰدِقُونَ

Transliteration qālū taqāsamū bil-lahi lanubayyitannahu wa-ahlahu thumma lanaqūlanna liwaliyyihi mā shahid'nā mahlika ahlihi wa-innā laṣādiqūna

English They said, "Take a mutual oath by Allāh that we will kill him by night, he and his family. Then we will say to his executor, 'We did not witness the destruction of his family, and indeed, we are truthful.'"

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. تَقَاسَمُوا۟taqāsamūSwear to each other
  3. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiby Allah
  4. لَنُبَيِّتَنَّهُۥlanubayyitannahusurely, we will attack him by night
  5. وَأَهْلَهُۥwa-ahlahuand his family
  6. ثُمَّthummaThen
  7. لَنَقُولَنَّlanaqūlannawe will surely say
  8. لِوَلِيِّهِۦliwaliyyihito his heir
  9. مَاmāNot
  10. شَهِدْنَاshahid'nāwe witnessed
  11. مَهْلِكَmahlika(the) destruction
  12. أَهْلِهِۦahlihi(of) his family
  13. وَإِنَّاwa-innāand indeed, we
  14. لَصَـٰدِقُونَlaṣādiqūna(are) surely truthful

Verse 50

وَمَكَرُوا۟ مَكْرًا وَمَكَرْنَا مَكْرًا وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration wamakarū makran wamakarnā makran wahum lā yashʿurūna

English And they planned a plan, and We planned a plan, while they perceived not.

  1. وَمَكَرُوا۟wamakarūSo they plotted
  2. مَكْرًۭاmakrana plot
  3. وَمَكَرْنَاwamakarnāand We planned
  4. مَكْرًۭاmakrana plan
  5. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  6. لَاlā(did) not
  7. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnaperceive

Verse 51

فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ مَكْرِهِمْ أَنَّا دَمَّرْنَـٰهُمْ وَقَوْمَهُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration fa-unẓur kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu makrihim annā dammarnāhum waqawmahum ajmaʿīna

English Then look how was the outcome of their plan - that We destroyed them and their people, all.

  1. فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurThen see
  2. كَيْفَkayfahow
  3. كَانَkānawas
  4. عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
  5. مَكْرِهِمْmakrihim(of) their plot
  6. أَنَّاannāthat We
  7. دَمَّرْنَـٰهُمْdammarnāhumdestroyed them
  8. وَقَوْمَهُمْwaqawmahumand their people
  9. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall

Verse 52

فَتِلْكَ بُيُوتُهُمْ خَاوِيَةًۢ بِمَا ظَلَمُوٓا۟ ۗ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً لِّقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration fatil'ka buyūtuhum khāwiyatan bimā ẓalamū inna fī dhālika laāyatan liqawmin yaʿlamūna

English So those are their houses, desolate because of the wrong they had done. Indeed in that is a sign for people who know.

  1. فَتِلْكَfatil'kaSo, these
  2. بُيُوتُهُمْbuyūtuhum(are) their houses
  3. خَاوِيَةًۢkhāwiyatanruined
  4. بِمَاbimābecause
  5. ظَلَمُوٓا۟ ۗẓalamūthey wronged
  6. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  9. لَـَٔايَةًۭlaāyatansurely, is a sign
  10. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
  11. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnawho know

Verse 53

وَأَنجَيْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَكَانُوا۟ يَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration wa-anjaynā alladhīna āmanū wakānū yattaqūna

English And We saved those who believed and used to fear Allāh.

  1. وَأَنجَيْنَاwa-anjaynāAnd We saved
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  4. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand used (to)
  5. يَتَّقُونَyattaqūnafear (Allah)

Verse 54

وَلُوطًا إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ أَتَأْتُونَ ٱلْفَـٰحِشَةَ وَأَنتُمْ تُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration walūṭan idh qāla liqawmihi atatūna l-fāḥishata wa-antum tub'ṣirūna

English And [mention] Lot, when he said to his people, "Do you commit immorality while you are seeing?

  1. وَلُوطًاwalūṭanAnd Lut
  2. إِذْidhwhen
  3. قَالَqālahe said
  4. لِقَوْمِهِۦٓliqawmihito his people
  5. أَتَأْتُونَatatūnaDo you commit
  6. ٱلْفَـٰحِشَةَl-fāḥishata[the] immorality
  7. وَأَنتُمْwa-antumwhile you
  8. تُبْصِرُونَtub'ṣirūnasee

Verse 55

أَئِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ ٱلرِّجَالَ شَهْوَةً مِّن دُونِ ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۚ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌ تَجْهَلُونَ

Transliteration a-innakum latatūna l-rijāla shahwatan min dūni l-nisāi bal antum qawmun tajhalūna

English Do you indeed approach men with desire instead of women? Rather, you are a people behaving ignorantly."

  1. أَئِنَّكُمْa-innakumWhy do you
  2. لَتَأْتُونَlatatūnaapproach
  3. ٱلرِّجَالَl-rijālathe men
  4. شَهْوَةًۭshahwatan(with) lust
  5. مِّنmininstead of
  6. دُونِdūniinstead of
  7. ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۚl-nisāithe women
  8. بَلْbalNay
  9. أَنتُمْantumyou
  10. قَوْمٌۭqawmun(are) a people
  11. تَجْهَلُونَtajhalūnaignorant

Learn it in MyDugsi

Juz boundaries and word by word: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.